Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispref/display.texi @ 33956:6e46ec609e44
*** empty log message ***
author | Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 28 Nov 2000 13:07:12 +0000 |
parents | 701833d4b661 |
children | d3bd47722971 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
6598 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 |
27189 | 4 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
6598 | 5 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
6 @setfilename ../info/display | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
7 @node Display, Calendar, Processes, Top |
6598 | 8 @chapter Emacs Display |
9 | |
10 This chapter describes a number of features related to the display | |
11 that Emacs presents to the user. | |
12 | |
13 @menu | |
14 * Refresh Screen:: Clearing the screen and redrawing everything on it. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
15 * Forcing Redisplay:: Forcing redisplay. |
6598 | 16 * Truncation:: Folding or wrapping long text lines. |
17 * The Echo Area:: Where messages are displayed. | |
12067 | 18 * Invisible Text:: Hiding part of the buffer text. |
19 * Selective Display:: Hiding part of the buffer text (the old way). | |
6598 | 20 * Overlay Arrow:: Display of an arrow to indicate position. |
21 * Temporary Displays:: Displays that go away automatically. | |
22 * Overlays:: Use overlays to highlight parts of the buffer. | |
25875 | 23 * Width:: How wide a character or string is on the screen. |
24 * Faces:: A face defines a graphics style for text characters: | |
25 font, colors, etc. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
26 * Display Property:: Enabling special display features. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
27 * Images:: Displaying images in Emacs buffers. |
6598 | 28 * Blinking:: How Emacs shows the matching open parenthesis. |
29 * Inverse Video:: Specifying how the screen looks. | |
30 * Usual Display:: The usual conventions for displaying nonprinting chars. | |
31 * Display Tables:: How to specify other conventions. | |
32 * Beeping:: Audible signal to the user. | |
33 * Window Systems:: Which window system is being used. | |
34 @end menu | |
35 | |
36 @node Refresh Screen | |
37 @section Refreshing the Screen | |
38 | |
39 The function @code{redraw-frame} redisplays the entire contents of a | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
40 given frame (@pxref{Frames}). |
6598 | 41 |
42 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
43 @defun redraw-frame frame | |
44 This function clears and redisplays frame @var{frame}. | |
45 @end defun | |
46 | |
47 Even more powerful is @code{redraw-display}: | |
48 | |
49 @deffn Command redraw-display | |
50 This function clears and redisplays all visible frames. | |
51 @end deffn | |
52 | |
12098 | 53 Processing user input takes absolute priority over redisplay. If you |
54 call these functions when input is available, they do nothing | |
55 immediately, but a full redisplay does happen eventually---after all the | |
56 input has been processed. | |
57 | |
6598 | 58 Normally, suspending and resuming Emacs also refreshes the screen. |
59 Some terminal emulators record separate contents for display-oriented | |
60 programs such as Emacs and for ordinary sequential display. If you are | |
61 using such a terminal, you might want to inhibit the redisplay on | |
9009 | 62 resumption. |
6598 | 63 |
64 @defvar no-redraw-on-reenter | |
65 @cindex suspend (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
66 @cindex resume (cf. @code{no-redraw-on-reenter}) | |
67 This variable controls whether Emacs redraws the entire screen after it | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
68 has been suspended and resumed. Non-@code{nil} means there is no need |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
69 to redraw, @code{nil} means redrawing is needed. The default is @code{nil}. |
6598 | 70 @end defvar |
71 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
72 @node Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
73 @section Forcing Redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
74 @cindex forcing redisplay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
75 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
76 Emacs redisplay normally stops if input arrives, and does not happen |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
77 at all if input is available before it starts. Most of the time, this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
78 is exactly what you want. However, you can prevent preemption by |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
79 binding @code{redisplay-dont-pause} to a non-@code{nil} value. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
80 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
81 @tindex redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
82 @defvar redisplay-dont-pause |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
83 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, pending input does not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
84 prevent or halt redisplay; redisplay occurs, and finishes, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
85 regardless of whether input is available. This feature is available |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
86 as of Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
87 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
88 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
89 You can request a display update, but only if no input is pending, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
90 with @code{(sit-for 0)}. To force a display update even when input is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
91 pending, do this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
92 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
93 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
94 (let ((redisplay-dont-pause t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
95 (sit-for 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
96 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
97 |
6598 | 98 @node Truncation |
99 @section Truncation | |
100 @cindex line wrapping | |
101 @cindex continuation lines | |
102 @cindex @samp{$} in display | |
103 @cindex @samp{\} in display | |
104 | |
105 When a line of text extends beyond the right edge of a window, the | |
106 line can either be continued on the next screen line, or truncated to | |
107 one screen line. The additional screen lines used to display a long | |
108 text line are called @dfn{continuation} lines. Normally, a @samp{$} in | |
109 the rightmost column of the window indicates truncation; a @samp{\} on | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
110 the rightmost column indicates a line that ``wraps'' onto the next line, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
111 which is also called @dfn{continuing} the line. (The display table can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
112 specify alternative indicators; see @ref{Display Tables}.) |
6598 | 113 |
114 Note that continuation is different from filling; continuation happens | |
115 on the screen only, not in the buffer contents, and it breaks a line | |
116 precisely at the right margin, not at a word boundary. @xref{Filling}. | |
117 | |
118 @defopt truncate-lines | |
119 This buffer-local variable controls how Emacs displays lines that extend | |
120 beyond the right edge of the window. The default is @code{nil}, which | |
121 specifies continuation. If the value is non-@code{nil}, then these | |
122 lines are truncated. | |
123 | |
124 If the variable @code{truncate-partial-width-windows} is non-@code{nil}, | |
125 then truncation is always used for side-by-side windows (within one | |
126 frame) regardless of the value of @code{truncate-lines}. | |
127 @end defopt | |
128 | |
12098 | 129 @defopt default-truncate-lines |
6598 | 130 This variable is the default value for @code{truncate-lines}, for |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
131 buffers that do not have buffer-local values for it. |
12098 | 132 @end defopt |
6598 | 133 |
134 @defopt truncate-partial-width-windows | |
135 This variable controls display of lines that extend beyond the right | |
136 edge of the window, in side-by-side windows (@pxref{Splitting Windows}). | |
137 If it is non-@code{nil}, these lines are truncated; otherwise, | |
138 @code{truncate-lines} says what to do with them. | |
139 @end defopt | |
140 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
141 When horizontal scrolling (@pxref{Horizontal Scrolling}) is in use in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
142 a window, that forces truncation. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
143 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
144 You can override the glyphs that indicate continuation or truncation |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
145 using the display table; see @ref{Display Tables}. |
6598 | 146 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
147 If your buffer contains @emph{very} long lines, and you use |
12067 | 148 continuation to display them, just thinking about them can make Emacs |
12098 | 149 redisplay slow. The column computation and indentation functions also |
150 become slow. Then you might find it advisable to set | |
151 @code{cache-long-line-scans} to @code{t}. | |
12067 | 152 |
153 @defvar cache-long-line-scans | |
154 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, various indentation and motion | |
12098 | 155 functions, and Emacs redisplay, cache the results of scanning the |
156 buffer, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions of the buffer | |
157 unless they are modified. | |
12067 | 158 |
12098 | 159 Turning on the cache slows down processing of short lines somewhat. |
12067 | 160 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
161 This variable is automatically buffer-local in every buffer. |
12067 | 162 @end defvar |
163 | |
6598 | 164 @node The Echo Area |
165 @section The Echo Area | |
166 @cindex error display | |
167 @cindex echo area | |
168 | |
12067 | 169 The @dfn{echo area} is used for displaying messages made with the |
6598 | 170 @code{message} primitive, and for echoing keystrokes. It is not the |
171 same as the minibuffer, despite the fact that the minibuffer appears | |
172 (when active) in the same place on the screen as the echo area. The | |
173 @cite{GNU Emacs Manual} specifies the rules for resolving conflicts | |
174 between the echo area and the minibuffer for use of that screen space | |
175 (@pxref{Minibuffer,, The Minibuffer, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). | |
176 Error messages appear in the echo area; see @ref{Errors}. | |
177 | |
178 You can write output in the echo area by using the Lisp printing | |
179 functions with @code{t} as the stream (@pxref{Output Functions}), or as | |
180 follows: | |
181 | |
182 @defun message string &rest arguments | |
12067 | 183 This function displays a one-line message in the echo area. The |
6598 | 184 argument @var{string} is similar to a C language @code{printf} control |
185 string. See @code{format} in @ref{String Conversion}, for the details | |
186 on the conversion specifications. @code{message} returns the | |
187 constructed string. | |
188 | |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
189 In batch mode, @code{message} prints the message text on the standard |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
190 error stream, followed by a newline. |
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
191 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
192 If @var{string}, or strings among the @var{arguments}, have @code{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
193 text properties, these affect the way the message is displayed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
194 |
6598 | 195 @c Emacs 19 feature |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
196 If @var{string} is @code{nil}, @code{message} clears the echo area; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
197 the echo area has been expanded automatically, this brings it back to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
198 its normal size. If the minibuffer is active, this brings the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
199 minibuffer contents back onto the screen immediately. |
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7086
diff
changeset
|
200 |
6598 | 201 @example |
202 @group | |
203 (message "Minibuffer depth is %d." | |
204 (minibuffer-depth)) | |
205 @print{} Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
206 @result{} "Minibuffer depth is 0." | |
207 @end group | |
208 | |
209 @group | |
210 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
211 Minibuffer depth is 0. | |
212 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
213 @end group | |
214 @end example | |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
215 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
216 To automatically display a message in the echo area or in a pop-buffer, |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
217 depending on its size, use @code{display-message-or-buffer}. |
6598 | 218 @end defun |
219 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
220 @tindex with-temp-message |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
221 @defmac with-temp-message message &rest body |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
222 This construct displays a message in the echo area temporarily, during |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
223 the execution of @var{body}. It displays @var{message}, executes |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
224 @var{body}, then returns the value of the last body form while restoring |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
225 the previous echo area contents. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
226 @end defmac |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
227 |
22843
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
228 @defun message-or-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
229 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but may display it |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
230 in a dialog box instead of the echo area. If this function is called in |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
231 a command that was invoked using the mouse---more precisely, if |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
232 @code{last-nonmenu-event} (@pxref{Command Loop Info}) is either |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
233 @code{nil} or a list---then it uses a dialog box or pop-up menu to |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
234 display the message. Otherwise, it uses the echo area. (This is the |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
235 same criterion that @code{y-or-n-p} uses to make a similar decision; see |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
236 @ref{Yes-or-No Queries}.) |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
237 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
238 You can force use of the mouse or of the echo area by binding |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
239 @code{last-nonmenu-event} to a suitable value around the call. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
240 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
241 |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
242 @defun message-box string &rest arguments |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
243 This function displays a message like @code{message}, but uses a dialog |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
244 box (or a pop-up menu) whenever that is possible. If it is impossible |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
245 to use a dialog box or pop-up menu, because the terminal does not |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
246 support them, then @code{message-box} uses the echo area, like |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
247 @code{message}. |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
248 @end defun |
63f6e25f0cbd
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22267
diff
changeset
|
249 |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
250 @defun display-message-or-buffer message &optional buffer-name not-this-window frame |
32840 | 251 @tindex display-message-or-buffer |
32261
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
252 This function displays the message @var{message}, which may be either a |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
253 string or a buffer. If it is shorter than the maximum height of the |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
254 echo area, as defined by @code{max-mini-window-height}, it is displayed |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
255 in the echo area, using @code{message}. Otherwise, |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
256 @code{display-buffer} is used to show it in a pop-up buffer. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
257 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
258 Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
259 buffer is used, the window used to display it. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
260 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
261 If @var{message} is a string, then the optional argument |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
262 @var{buffer-name} is the name of the buffer used to display it when a |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
263 pop-up buffer is used, defaulting to @samp{*Message*}. In the case |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
264 where @var{message} is a string and displayed in the echo area, it is |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
265 not specified whether the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
266 |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
267 The optional arguments @var{not-this-window} and @var{frame} are as for |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
268 @code{display-buffer}, and only used if a buffer is displayed. |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
269 @end defun |
c354d0540694
Document `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32089
diff
changeset
|
270 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
271 @defun current-message |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
272 This function returns the message currently being displayed in the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
273 echo area, or @code{nil} if there is none. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
274 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
275 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
276 @defvar cursor-in-echo-area |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
277 This variable controls where the cursor appears when a message is |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
278 displayed in the echo area. If it is non-@code{nil}, then the cursor |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
279 appears at the end of the message. Otherwise, the cursor appears at |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
280 point---not in the echo area at all. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
281 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
282 The value is normally @code{nil}; Lisp programs bind it to @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
283 for brief periods of time. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
284 @end defvar |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
285 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
286 @defvar echo-area-clear-hook |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
287 This normal hook is run whenever the echo area is cleared---either by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
288 @code{(message nil)} or for any other reason. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
289 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
290 |
12067 | 291 Almost all the messages displayed in the echo area are also recorded |
292 in the @samp{*Messages*} buffer. | |
293 | |
294 @defopt message-log-max | |
295 This variable specifies how many lines to keep in the @samp{*Messages*} | |
296 buffer. The value @code{t} means there is no limit on how many lines to | |
297 keep. The value @code{nil} disables message logging entirely. Here's | |
298 how to display a message and prevent it from being logged: | |
299 | |
300 @example | |
301 (let (message-log-max) | |
302 (message @dots{})) | |
303 @end example | |
304 @end defopt | |
305 | |
12098 | 306 @defvar echo-keystrokes |
307 This variable determines how much time should elapse before command | |
27971 | 308 characters echo. Its value must be an integer or floating point number, |
309 which specifies the | |
12098 | 310 number of seconds to wait before echoing. If the user types a prefix |
311 key (such as @kbd{C-x}) and then delays this many seconds before | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
312 continuing, the prefix key is echoed in the echo area. (Once echoing |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
313 begins in a key sequence, all subsequent characters in the same key |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
314 sequence are echoed immediately.) |
12098 | 315 |
316 If the value is zero, then command input is not echoed. | |
317 @end defvar | |
318 | |
12067 | 319 @node Invisible Text |
320 @section Invisible Text | |
321 | |
322 @cindex invisible text | |
323 You can make characters @dfn{invisible}, so that they do not appear on | |
324 the screen, with the @code{invisible} property. This can be either a | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
325 text property (@pxref{Text Properties}) or a property of an overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
326 (@pxref{Overlays}). |
12067 | 327 |
328 In the simplest case, any non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property makes | |
329 a character invisible. This is the default case---if you don't alter | |
330 the default value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}, this is how the | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
331 @code{invisible} property works. |
12067 | 332 |
333 More generally, you can use the variable @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} | |
334 to control which values of the @code{invisible} property make text | |
335 invisible. This permits you to classify the text into different subsets | |
336 in advance, by giving them different @code{invisible} values, and | |
337 subsequently make various subsets visible or invisible by changing the | |
338 value of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. | |
339 | |
340 Controlling visibility with @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is | |
25875 | 341 especially useful in a program to display the list of entries in a |
342 database. It permits the implementation of convenient filtering | |
343 commands to view just a part of the entries in the database. Setting | |
344 this variable is very fast, much faster than scanning all the text in | |
345 the buffer looking for properties to change. | |
12067 | 346 |
347 @defvar buffer-invisibility-spec | |
348 This variable specifies which kinds of @code{invisible} properties | |
349 actually make a character invisible. | |
350 | |
351 @table @asis | |
352 @item @code{t} | |
353 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property is | |
354 non-@code{nil}. This is the default. | |
355 | |
356 @item a list | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
357 Each element of the list specifies a criterion for invisibility; if a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
358 character's @code{invisible} property fits any one of these criteria, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
359 the character is invisible. The list can have two kinds of elements: |
12067 | 360 |
361 @table @code | |
362 @item @var{atom} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
363 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 364 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
365 | |
366 @item (@var{atom} . t) | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
367 A character is invisible if its @code{invisible} property value |
12067 | 368 is @var{atom} or if it is a list with @var{atom} as a member. |
369 Moreover, if this character is at the end of a line and is followed | |
370 by a visible newline, it displays an ellipsis. | |
371 @end table | |
372 @end table | |
373 @end defvar | |
374 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
375 Two functions are specifically provided for adding elements to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
376 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and removing elements from it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
377 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
378 @defun add-to-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
379 Add the element @var{element} to @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
380 (if it is not already present in that list). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
381 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
382 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
383 @defun remove-from-invisibility-spec element |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
384 Remove the element @var{element} from @code{buffer-invisibility-spec}. |
25875 | 385 This does nothing if @var{element} is not in the list. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
386 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
387 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
388 One convention about the use of @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} is |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
389 that a major mode should use the mode's own name as an element of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
390 @code{buffer-invisibility-spec} and as the value of the @code{invisible} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
391 property: |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
392 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
393 @example |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
394 ;; @r{If you want to display an ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
395 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
396 ;; @r{If you don't want ellipsis:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
397 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
398 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
399 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
400 'invisible 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
401 |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
402 ;; @r{When done with the overlays:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
403 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t)) |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
404 ;; @r{Or respectively:} |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
405 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
406 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
407 |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
408 @vindex line-move-ignore-invisible |
12098 | 409 Ordinarily, commands that operate on text or move point do not care |
15761
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
410 whether the text is invisible. The user-level line motion commands |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
411 explicitly ignore invisible newlines if |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
412 @code{line-move-ignore-invisible} is non-@code{nil}, but only because |
77d451c08a30
Document line-move-ignore-invisible.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15074
diff
changeset
|
413 they are explicitly programmed to do so. |
12098 | 414 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
415 Incremental search can make invisible overlays visible temporarily |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
416 and/or permanently when a match includes invisible text. To enable |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
417 this, the overlay should have a non-@code{nil} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
418 @code{isearch-open-invisible} property. The property value should be a |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
419 function to be called with the overlay as an argument. This function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
420 should make the overlay visible permanently; it is used when the match |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
421 overlaps the overlay on exit from the search. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
422 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
423 During the search, such overlays are made temporarily visible by |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
424 temporarily modifying their invisible and intangible properties. If you |
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
425 want this to be done differently for a certain overlay, give it an |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
426 @code{isearch-open-invisible-temporary} property which is a function. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
427 The function is called with two arguments: the first is the overlay, and |
26986 | 428 the second is @code{nil} to make the overlay visible, or @code{t} to |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
429 make it invisible again. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
430 |
6598 | 431 @node Selective Display |
432 @section Selective Display | |
433 @cindex selective display | |
434 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
435 @dfn{Selective display} refers to a pair of related features for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
436 hiding certain lines on the screen. |
6598 | 437 |
438 The first variant, explicit selective display, is designed for use in | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
439 a Lisp program: it controls which lines are hidden by altering the text. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
440 The invisible text feature (@pxref{Invisible Text}) has partially |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
441 replaced this feature. |
12067 | 442 |
443 In the second variant, the choice of lines to hide is made | |
12098 | 444 automatically based on indentation. This variant is designed to be a |
12067 | 445 user-level feature. |
6598 | 446 |
447 The way you control explicit selective display is by replacing a | |
9009 | 448 newline (control-j) with a carriage return (control-m). The text that |
6598 | 449 was formerly a line following that newline is now invisible. Strictly |
450 speaking, it is temporarily no longer a line at all, since only newlines | |
451 can separate lines; it is now part of the previous line. | |
452 | |
453 Selective display does not directly affect editing commands. For | |
454 example, @kbd{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) moves point unhesitatingly into | |
455 invisible text. However, the replacement of newline characters with | |
456 carriage return characters affects some editing commands. For example, | |
457 @code{next-line} skips invisible lines, since it searches only for | |
458 newlines. Modes that use selective display can also define commands | |
459 that take account of the newlines, or that make parts of the text | |
460 visible or invisible. | |
461 | |
462 When you write a selectively displayed buffer into a file, all the | |
463 control-m's are output as newlines. This means that when you next read | |
464 in the file, it looks OK, with nothing invisible. The selective display | |
465 effect is seen only within Emacs. | |
466 | |
467 @defvar selective-display | |
468 This buffer-local variable enables selective display. This means that | |
469 lines, or portions of lines, may be made invisible. | |
470 | |
471 @itemize @bullet | |
472 @item | |
25875 | 473 If the value of @code{selective-display} is @code{t}, then the character |
474 control-m marks the start of invisible text; the control-m, and the rest | |
475 of the line following it, are not displayed. This is explicit selective | |
476 display. | |
6598 | 477 |
478 @item | |
479 If the value of @code{selective-display} is a positive integer, then | |
480 lines that start with more than that many columns of indentation are not | |
481 displayed. | |
482 @end itemize | |
483 | |
484 When some portion of a buffer is invisible, the vertical movement | |
485 commands operate as if that portion did not exist, allowing a single | |
486 @code{next-line} command to skip any number of invisible lines. | |
487 However, character movement commands (such as @code{forward-char}) do | |
488 not skip the invisible portion, and it is possible (if tricky) to insert | |
489 or delete text in an invisible portion. | |
490 | |
491 In the examples below, we show the @emph{display appearance} of the | |
492 buffer @code{foo}, which changes with the value of | |
493 @code{selective-display}. The @emph{contents} of the buffer do not | |
494 change. | |
495 | |
496 @example | |
497 @group | |
498 (setq selective-display nil) | |
499 @result{} nil | |
500 | |
501 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
502 1 on this column | |
503 2on this column | |
504 3n this column | |
505 3n this column | |
506 2on this column | |
507 1 on this column | |
508 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
509 @end group | |
510 | |
511 @group | |
512 (setq selective-display 2) | |
513 @result{} 2 | |
514 | |
515 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
516 1 on this column | |
517 2on this column | |
518 2on this column | |
519 1 on this column | |
520 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
521 @end group | |
522 @end example | |
523 @end defvar | |
524 | |
525 @defvar selective-display-ellipses | |
526 If this buffer-local variable is non-@code{nil}, then Emacs displays | |
527 @samp{@dots{}} at the end of a line that is followed by invisible text. | |
528 This example is a continuation of the previous one. | |
529 | |
530 @example | |
531 @group | |
532 (setq selective-display-ellipses t) | |
533 @result{} t | |
534 | |
535 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
536 1 on this column | |
537 2on this column ... | |
538 2on this column | |
539 1 on this column | |
540 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
541 @end group | |
542 @end example | |
543 | |
544 You can use a display table to substitute other text for the ellipsis | |
545 (@samp{@dots{}}). @xref{Display Tables}. | |
546 @end defvar | |
547 | |
548 @node Overlay Arrow | |
549 @section The Overlay Arrow | |
550 @cindex overlay arrow | |
551 | |
552 The @dfn{overlay arrow} is useful for directing the user's attention | |
553 to a particular line in a buffer. For example, in the modes used for | |
554 interface to debuggers, the overlay arrow indicates the line of code | |
555 about to be executed. | |
556 | |
557 @defvar overlay-arrow-string | |
9009 | 558 This variable holds the string to display to call attention to a |
559 particular line, or @code{nil} if the arrow feature is not in use. | |
29471 | 560 On a graphical display the contents of the string are ignored; instead a |
561 glyph is displayed in the fringe area to the left of the display area. | |
6598 | 562 @end defvar |
563 | |
564 @defvar overlay-arrow-position | |
9009 | 565 This variable holds a marker that indicates where to display the overlay |
29471 | 566 arrow. It should point at the beginning of a line. On a non-graphical |
567 display the arrow text | |
9009 | 568 appears at the beginning of that line, overlaying any text that would |
569 otherwise appear. Since the arrow is usually short, and the line | |
570 usually begins with indentation, normally nothing significant is | |
571 overwritten. | |
6598 | 572 |
9009 | 573 The overlay string is displayed only in the buffer that this marker |
6598 | 574 points into. Thus, only one buffer can have an overlay arrow at any |
575 given time. | |
576 @c !!! overlay-arrow-position: but the overlay string may remain in the display | |
577 @c of some other buffer until an update is required. This should be fixed | |
578 @c now. Is it? | |
579 @end defvar | |
580 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
581 You can do a similar job by creating an overlay with a |
12067 | 582 @code{before-string} property. @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
583 | |
6598 | 584 @node Temporary Displays |
585 @section Temporary Displays | |
586 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
587 Temporary displays are used by Lisp programs to put output into a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
588 buffer and then present it to the user for perusal rather than for |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
589 editing. Many help commands use this feature. |
6598 | 590 |
591 @defspec with-output-to-temp-buffer buffer-name forms@dots{} | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
592 This function executes @var{forms} while arranging to insert any output |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
593 they print into the buffer named @var{buffer-name}, which is first |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
594 created if necessary, and put into Help mode. Finally, the buffer is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
595 displayed in some window, but not selected. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
596 |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
597 If the @var{forms} do not change the major mode in the output buffer, so |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
598 that it is still Help mode at the end of their execution, then |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
599 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} makes this buffer read-only at the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
600 end, and also scans it for function and variable names to make them into |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
601 clickable cross-references. |
6598 | 602 |
603 The string @var{buffer-name} specifies the temporary buffer, which | |
604 need not already exist. The argument must be a string, not a buffer. | |
605 The buffer is erased initially (with no questions asked), and it is | |
606 marked as unmodified after @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} exits. | |
607 | |
608 @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} binds @code{standard-output} to the | |
609 temporary buffer, then it evaluates the forms in @var{forms}. Output | |
610 using the Lisp output functions within @var{forms} goes by default to | |
611 that buffer (but screen display and messages in the echo area, although | |
612 they are ``output'' in the general sense of the word, are not affected). | |
613 @xref{Output Functions}. | |
614 | |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
615 Several hooks are available for customizing the behavior |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
616 of this construct; they are listed below. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
617 |
6598 | 618 The value of the last form in @var{forms} is returned. |
619 | |
620 @example | |
621 @group | |
622 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
623 This is the contents of foo. | |
624 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
625 @end group | |
626 | |
627 @group | |
628 (with-output-to-temp-buffer "foo" | |
629 (print 20) | |
630 (print standard-output)) | |
631 @result{} #<buffer foo> | |
632 | |
633 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
634 20 | |
635 | |
636 #<buffer foo> | |
637 | |
638 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
639 @end group | |
640 @end example | |
641 @end defspec | |
642 | |
643 @defvar temp-buffer-show-function | |
9009 | 644 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} |
6598 | 645 calls it as a function to do the job of displaying a help buffer. The |
646 function gets one argument, which is the buffer it should display. | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
647 |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
648 It is a good idea for this function to run @code{temp-buffer-show-hook} |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
649 just as @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} normally would, inside of |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
650 @code{save-selected-window} and with the chosen window and buffer |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
651 selected. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
652 @end defvar |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
653 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
654 @defvar temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
655 @tindex temp-buffer-setup-hook |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
656 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} before |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
657 evaluating @var{body}. When the hook runs, the help buffer is current. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
658 This hook is normally set up with a function to put the buffer in Help |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
659 mode. |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
660 @end defvar |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
661 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
662 @defvar temp-buffer-show-hook |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
663 This normal hook is run by @code{with-output-to-temp-buffer} after |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
664 displaying the help buffer. When the hook runs, the help buffer is |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
665 current, and the window it was displayed in is selected. This hook is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
666 normally set up with a function to make the buffer read only, and find |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
667 function names and variable names in it, provided the major mode is |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
668 still Help mode. |
6598 | 669 @end defvar |
670 | |
671 @defun momentary-string-display string position &optional char message | |
672 This function momentarily displays @var{string} in the current buffer at | |
673 @var{position}. It has no effect on the undo list or on the buffer's | |
674 modification status. | |
675 | |
676 The momentary display remains until the next input event. If the next | |
677 input event is @var{char}, @code{momentary-string-display} ignores it | |
678 and returns. Otherwise, that event remains buffered for subsequent use | |
679 as input. Thus, typing @var{char} will simply remove the string from | |
680 the display, while typing (say) @kbd{C-f} will remove the string from | |
681 the display and later (presumably) move point forward. The argument | |
682 @var{char} is a space by default. | |
683 | |
684 The return value of @code{momentary-string-display} is not meaningful. | |
685 | |
12098 | 686 If the string @var{string} does not contain control characters, you can |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
687 do the same job in a more general way by creating (and then subsequently |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
688 deleting) an overlay with a @code{before-string} property. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
689 @xref{Overlay Properties}. |
12098 | 690 |
6598 | 691 If @var{message} is non-@code{nil}, it is displayed in the echo area |
692 while @var{string} is displayed in the buffer. If it is @code{nil}, a | |
693 default message says to type @var{char} to continue. | |
694 | |
695 In this example, point is initially located at the beginning of the | |
696 second line: | |
697 | |
698 @example | |
699 @group | |
700 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
701 This is the contents of foo. | |
702 @point{}Second line. | |
703 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
704 @end group | |
705 | |
706 @group | |
707 (momentary-string-display | |
708 "**** Important Message! ****" | |
709 (point) ?\r | |
710 "Type RET when done reading") | |
711 @result{} t | |
712 @end group | |
713 | |
714 @group | |
715 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
716 This is the contents of foo. | |
717 **** Important Message! ****Second line. | |
718 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
719 | |
720 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
721 Type RET when done reading | |
722 ---------- Echo Area ---------- | |
723 @end group | |
724 @end example | |
725 @end defun | |
726 | |
727 @node Overlays | |
728 @section Overlays | |
729 @cindex overlays | |
730 | |
731 You can use @dfn{overlays} to alter the appearance of a buffer's text on | |
12098 | 732 the screen, for the sake of presentation features. An overlay is an |
733 object that belongs to a particular buffer, and has a specified | |
734 beginning and end. It also has properties that you can examine and set; | |
735 these affect the display of the text within the overlay. | |
6598 | 736 |
737 @menu | |
738 * Overlay Properties:: How to read and set properties. | |
739 What properties do to the screen display. | |
26698
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
740 * Managing Overlays:: Creating and moving overlays. |
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
741 * Finding Overlays:: Searching for overlays. |
6598 | 742 @end menu |
743 | |
744 @node Overlay Properties | |
745 @subsection Overlay Properties | |
746 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
747 Overlay properties are like text properties in that the properties that |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
748 alter how a character is displayed can come from either source. But in |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
749 most respects they are different. Text properties are considered a part |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
750 of the text; overlays are specifically considered not to be part of the |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
751 text. Thus, copying text between various buffers and strings preserves |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
752 text properties, but does not try to preserve overlays. Changing a |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
753 buffer's text properties marks the buffer as modified, while moving an |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
754 overlay or changing its properties does not. Unlike text property |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
755 changes, overlay changes are not recorded in the buffer's undo list. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
756 @xref{Text Properties}, for comparison. |
6598 | 757 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
758 These functions are used for reading and writing the properties of an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
759 overlay: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
760 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
761 @defun overlay-get overlay prop |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
762 This function returns the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
763 @var{overlay}, if any. If @var{overlay} does not record any value for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
764 that property, but it does have a @code{category} property which is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
765 symbol, that symbol's @var{prop} property is used. Otherwise, the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
766 is @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
767 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
768 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
769 @defun overlay-put overlay prop value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
770 This function sets the value of property @var{prop} recorded in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
771 @var{overlay} to @var{value}. It returns @var{value}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
772 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
773 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
774 See also the function @code{get-char-property} which checks both |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
775 overlay properties and text properties for a given character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
776 @xref{Examining Properties}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
777 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
778 Many overlay properties have special meanings; here is a table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
779 of them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
780 |
6598 | 781 @table @code |
782 @item priority | |
783 @kindex priority @r{(overlay property)} | |
784 This property's value (which should be a nonnegative number) determines | |
785 the priority of the overlay. The priority matters when two or more | |
786 overlays cover the same character and both specify a face for display; | |
787 the one whose @code{priority} value is larger takes priority over the | |
788 other, and its face attributes override the face attributes of the lower | |
789 priority overlay. | |
790 | |
791 Currently, all overlays take priority over text properties. Please | |
792 avoid using negative priority values, as we have not yet decided just | |
793 what they should mean. | |
794 | |
795 @item window | |
796 @kindex window @r{(overlay property)} | |
797 If the @code{window} property is non-@code{nil}, then the overlay | |
798 applies only on that window. | |
799 | |
12067 | 800 @item category |
801 @kindex category @r{(overlay property)} | |
802 If an overlay has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
12098 | 803 @dfn{category} of the overlay. It should be a symbol. The properties |
12067 | 804 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the overlay. |
805 | |
6598 | 806 @item face |
807 @kindex face @r{(overlay property)} | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
808 This property controls the way text is displayed---for example, which |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
809 font and which colors. @xref{Faces}, for more information. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
810 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
811 In the simplest case, the value is a face name. It can also be a list; |
25875 | 812 then each element can be any of these possibilities: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
813 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
814 @itemize @bullet |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
815 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
816 A face name (a symbol or string). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
817 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
818 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
819 Starting in Emacs 21, a property list of face attributes. This has the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
820 form (@var{keyword} @var{value} @dots{}), where each @var{keyword} is a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
821 face attribute name and @var{value} is a meaningful value for that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
822 attribute. With this feature, you do not need to create a face each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
823 time you want to specify a particular attribute for certain text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
824 @xref{Face Attributes}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
825 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
826 @item |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
827 A cons cell of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
828 @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}. These elements specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
829 just the foreground color or just the background color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
830 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
831 @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} is equivalent to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
832 @code{(:foreground @var{color-name})}, and likewise for the background. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
833 @end itemize |
6598 | 834 |
835 @item mouse-face | |
836 @kindex mouse-face @r{(overlay property)} | |
837 This property is used instead of @code{face} when the mouse is within | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
838 the range of the overlay. |
6598 | 839 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
840 @item display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
841 @kindex display @r{(overlay property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
842 This property activates various features that change the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
843 way text is displayed. For example, it can make text appear taller |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
844 or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narror, or replaced with an image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
845 @xref{Display Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
846 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
847 @item help-echo |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
848 @kindex help-echo @r{(text property)} |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
849 If an overlay has a @code{help-echo} property, then when you move the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
850 mouse onto the text in the overlay, Emacs displays a help string in the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
851 echo area, or in the tooltip window. For details see @ref{Text |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
852 help-echo}. This feature is available starting in Emacs 21. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
853 |
6598 | 854 @item modification-hooks |
855 @kindex modification-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
856 This property's value is a list of functions to be called if any | |
857 character within the overlay is changed or if text is inserted strictly | |
12067 | 858 within the overlay. |
859 | |
860 The hook functions are called both before and after each change. | |
861 If the functions save the information they receive, and compare notes | |
862 between calls, they can determine exactly what change has been made | |
863 in the buffer text. | |
864 | |
865 When called before a change, each function receives four arguments: the | |
866 overlay, @code{nil}, and the beginning and end of the text range to be | |
7086
075343a6b32b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6598
diff
changeset
|
867 modified. |
6598 | 868 |
12067 | 869 When called after a change, each function receives five arguments: the |
870 overlay, @code{t}, the beginning and end of the text range just | |
871 modified, and the length of the pre-change text replaced by that range. | |
872 (For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that | |
873 length is the number of characters deleted, and the post-change | |
12098 | 874 beginning and end are equal.) |
12067 | 875 |
6598 | 876 @item insert-in-front-hooks |
877 @kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 878 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
879 after inserting text right at the beginning of the overlay. The calling | |
880 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 881 |
882 @item insert-behind-hooks | |
883 @kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 884 This property's value is a list of functions to be called before and |
885 after inserting text right at the end of the overlay. The calling | |
886 conventions are the same as for the @code{modification-hooks} functions. | |
6598 | 887 |
888 @item invisible | |
889 @kindex invisible @r{(overlay property)} | |
12067 | 890 The @code{invisible} property can make the text in the overlay |
891 invisible, which means that it does not appear on the screen. | |
892 @xref{Invisible Text}, for details. | |
893 | |
894 @item intangible | |
895 @kindex intangible @r{(overlay property)} | |
896 The @code{intangible} property on an overlay works just like the | |
12098 | 897 @code{intangible} text property. @xref{Special Properties}, for details. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
898 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
899 @item isearch-open-invisible |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
900 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
901 visible, permanently, if the final match overlaps it. @xref{Invisible |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
902 Text}. |
6598 | 903 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
904 @item isearch-open-invisible-temporary |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
905 This property tells incremental search how to make an invisible overlay |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
906 visible, temporarily, during the search. @xref{Invisible Text}. |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
907 |
6598 | 908 @item before-string |
909 @kindex before-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
910 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the beginning | |
911 of the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 912 sense---only on the screen. |
6598 | 913 |
914 @item after-string | |
915 @kindex after-string @r{(overlay property)} | |
916 This property's value is a string to add to the display at the end of | |
917 the overlay. The string does not appear in the buffer in any | |
25875 | 918 sense---only on the screen. |
12067 | 919 |
920 @item evaporate | |
921 @kindex evaporate @r{(overlay property)} | |
922 If this property is non-@code{nil}, the overlay is deleted automatically | |
923 if it ever becomes empty (i.e., if it spans no characters). | |
16123
ec5f48fe0320
Mention local-value property on an overlay.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15761
diff
changeset
|
924 |
29102 | 925 @item local-map |
29076 | 926 @cindex keymap of character (and overlays) |
29102 | 927 @kindex local-map @r{(overlay property)} |
29076 | 928 If this property is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a keymap for a portion |
929 of the text. The property's value replaces the buffer's local map, when | |
930 the character after point is within the overlay. @xref{Active Keymaps}. | |
931 @end table | |
932 | |
6598 | 933 @node Managing Overlays |
934 @subsection Managing Overlays | |
935 | |
936 This section describes the functions to create, delete and move | |
937 overlays, and to examine their contents. | |
938 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
939 @defun make-overlay start end &optional buffer front-advance rear-advance |
9009 | 940 This function creates and returns an overlay that belongs to |
6598 | 941 @var{buffer} and ranges from @var{start} to @var{end}. Both @var{start} |
942 and @var{end} must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or | |
943 markers. If @var{buffer} is omitted, the overlay is created in the | |
944 current buffer. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
945 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
946 The arguments @var{front-advance} and @var{rear-advance} specify the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
947 insertion type for the start of the overlay and for the end of the |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
948 overlay, respectively. @xref{Marker Insertion Types}. |
6598 | 949 @end defun |
950 | |
951 @defun overlay-start overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
952 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} starts, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
953 as an integer. |
6598 | 954 @end defun |
955 | |
956 @defun overlay-end overlay | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
957 This function returns the position at which @var{overlay} ends, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
958 as an integer. |
6598 | 959 @end defun |
960 | |
961 @defun overlay-buffer overlay | |
962 This function returns the buffer that @var{overlay} belongs to. | |
963 @end defun | |
964 | |
965 @defun delete-overlay overlay | |
966 This function deletes @var{overlay}. The overlay continues to exist as | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
967 a Lisp object, and its property list is unchanged, but it ceases to be |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
968 attached to the buffer it belonged to, and ceases to have any effect on |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
969 display. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
970 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
971 A deleted overlay is not permanently disconnected. You can give it a |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
972 position in a buffer again by calling @code{move-overlay}. |
6598 | 973 @end defun |
974 | |
975 @defun move-overlay overlay start end &optional buffer | |
976 This function moves @var{overlay} to @var{buffer}, and places its bounds | |
977 at @var{start} and @var{end}. Both arguments @var{start} and @var{end} | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
978 must specify buffer positions; they may be integers or markers. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
979 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
980 If @var{buffer} is omitted, @var{overlay} stays in the same buffer it |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
981 was already associated with; if @var{overlay} was deleted, it goes into |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
982 the current buffer. |
6598 | 983 |
984 The return value is @var{overlay}. | |
985 | |
986 This is the only valid way to change the endpoints of an overlay. Do | |
987 not try modifying the markers in the overlay by hand, as that fails to | |
988 update other vital data structures and can cause some overlays to be | |
989 ``lost''. | |
990 @end defun | |
991 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
992 Here are some examples: |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
993 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
994 @example |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
995 ;; @r{Create an overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
996 (setq foo (make-overlay 1 10)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
997 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 10 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
998 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
999 @result{} 1 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1000 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1001 @result{} 10 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1002 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1003 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1004 ;; @r{Give it a property we can check later.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1005 (overlay-put foo 'happy t) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1006 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1007 ;; @r{Verify the property is present.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1008 (overlay-get foo 'happy) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1009 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1010 ;; @r{Move the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1011 (move-overlay foo 5 20) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1012 @result{} #<overlay from 5 to 20 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1013 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1014 @result{} 5 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1015 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1016 @result{} 20 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1017 ;; @r{Delete the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1018 (delete-overlay foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1019 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1020 ;; @r{Verify it is deleted.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1021 foo |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1022 @result{} #<overlay in no buffer> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1023 ;; @r{A deleted overlay has no position.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1024 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1025 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1026 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1027 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1028 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1029 @result{} nil |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1030 ;; @r{Undelete the overlay.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1031 (move-overlay foo 1 20) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1032 @result{} #<overlay from 1 to 20 in display.texi> |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1033 ;; @r{Verify the results.} |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1034 (overlay-start foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1035 @result{} 1 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1036 (overlay-end foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1037 @result{} 20 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1038 (overlay-buffer foo) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1039 @result{} #<buffer display.texi> |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
1040 ;; @r{Moving and deleting the overlay does not change its properties.} |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1041 (overlay-get foo 'happy) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1042 @result{} t |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1043 @end example |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1045 @node Finding Overlays |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1046 @subsection Searching for Overlays |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1047 |
6598 | 1048 @defun overlays-at pos |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1049 This function returns a list of all the overlays that cover the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1050 character at position @var{pos} in the current buffer. The list is in |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1051 no particular order. An overlay contains position @var{pos} if it |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1052 begins at or before @var{pos}, and ends after @var{pos}. |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1053 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1054 To illustrate usage, here is a Lisp function that returns a list of the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1055 overlays that specify property @var{prop} for the character at point: |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1056 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1057 @smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1058 (defun find-overlays-specifying (prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1059 (let ((overlays (overlays-at (point))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1060 found) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1061 (while overlays |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1062 (let ((overlay (cdr overlays))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1063 (if (overlay-get overlay prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1064 (setq found (cons overlay found)))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1065 (setq overlays (cdr overlays))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1066 found)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1067 @end smallexample |
6598 | 1068 @end defun |
1069 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1070 @defun overlays-in beg end |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1071 This function returns a list of the overlays that overlap the region |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1072 @var{beg} through @var{end}. ``Overlap'' means that at least one |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1073 character is contained within the overlay and also contained within the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1074 specified region; however, empty overlays are included in the result if |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1075 they are located at @var{beg}, or strictly between @var{beg} and @var{end}. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1076 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1077 |
6598 | 1078 @defun next-overlay-change pos |
1079 This function returns the buffer position of the next beginning or end | |
1080 of an overlay, after @var{pos}. | |
1081 @end defun | |
1082 | |
12067 | 1083 @defun previous-overlay-change pos |
1084 This function returns the buffer position of the previous beginning or | |
1085 end of an overlay, before @var{pos}. | |
1086 @end defun | |
1087 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1088 Here's an easy way to use @code{next-overlay-change} to search for the |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1089 next character which gets a non-@code{nil} @code{happy} property from |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1090 either its overlays or its text properties (@pxref{Property Search}): |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1091 |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1092 @smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1093 (defun find-overlay-prop (prop) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1094 (save-excursion |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1095 (while (and (not (eobp)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1096 (not (get-char-property (point) 'happy))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1097 (goto-char (min (next-overlay-change (point)) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1098 (next-single-property-change (point) 'happy)))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1099 (point))) |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1100 @end smallexample |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
1101 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1102 @node Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1103 @section Width |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1105 Since not all characters have the same width, these functions let you |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1106 check the width of a character. @xref{Primitive Indent}, and |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1107 @ref{Screen Lines}, for related functions. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1108 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1109 @defun char-width char |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1110 This function returns the width in columns of the character @var{char}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1111 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1112 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1113 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1114 @defun string-width string |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1115 This function returns the width in columns of the string @var{string}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1116 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1117 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1119 @defun truncate-string-to-width string width &optional start-column padding |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1120 This function returns the part of @var{string} that fits within |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1121 @var{width} columns, as a new string. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1122 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1123 If @var{string} does not reach @var{width}, then the result ends where |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1124 @var{string} ends. If one multi-column character in @var{string} |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1125 extends across the column @var{width}, that character is not included in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1126 the result. Thus, the result can fall short of @var{width} but cannot |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1127 go beyond it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1128 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1129 The optional argument @var{start-column} specifies the starting column. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1130 If this is non-@code{nil}, then the first @var{start-column} columns of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1131 the string are omitted from the value. If one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1132 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}, that |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1133 character is not included. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1135 The optional argument @var{padding}, if non-@code{nil}, is a padding |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1136 character added at the beginning and end of the result string, to extend |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1137 it to exactly @var{width} columns. The padding character is used at the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1138 end of the result if it falls short of @var{width}. It is also used at |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1139 the beginning of the result if one multi-column character in |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1140 @var{string} extends across the column @var{start-column}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1141 |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1142 @example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1143 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1144 @result{} "ab" |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1145 (truncate-string-to-width "\tab\t" 12 4 ?\ ) |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1146 @result{} " ab " |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1147 @end example |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1148 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
6598 | 1150 @node Faces |
1151 @section Faces | |
1152 @cindex face | |
1153 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1154 A @dfn{face} is a named collection of graphical attributes: font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1155 family, foreground color, background color, optional underlining, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1156 many others. Faces are used in Emacs to control the style of display of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1157 particular parts of the text or the frame. |
6598 | 1158 |
1159 @cindex face id | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1160 Each face has its own @dfn{face number}, which distinguishes faces at |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1161 low levels within Emacs. However, for most purposes, you refer to |
6598 | 1162 faces in Lisp programs by their names. |
1163 | |
12067 | 1164 @defun facep object |
1165 This function returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a face name symbol (or | |
1166 if it is a vector of the kind used internally to record face data). It | |
1167 returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1168 @end defun | |
1169 | |
6598 | 1170 Each face name is meaningful for all frames, and by default it has the |
1171 same meaning in all frames. But you can arrange to give a particular | |
1172 face name a special meaning in one frame if you wish. | |
1173 | |
1174 @menu | |
1175 * Standard Faces:: The faces Emacs normally comes with. | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1176 * Defining Faces:: How to define a face with @code{defface}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1177 * Face Attributes:: What is in a face? |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1178 * Attribute Functions:: Functions to examine and set face attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1179 * Merging Faces:: How Emacs combines the faces specified for a character. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1180 * Font Selection:: Finding the best available font for a face. |
6598 | 1181 * Face Functions:: How to define and examine faces. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1182 * Auto Faces:: Hook for automatic face assignment. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1183 * Font Lookup:: Looking up the names of available fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1184 and information about them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1185 * Fontsets:: A fontset is a collection of fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1186 that handle a range of character sets. |
6598 | 1187 @end menu |
1188 | |
1189 @node Standard Faces | |
1190 @subsection Standard Faces | |
1191 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1192 This table lists all the standard faces and their uses. Most of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1193 are used for displaying certain parts of the frames or certain kinds of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1194 text; you can control how those places look by customizing these faces. |
6598 | 1195 |
1196 @table @code | |
1197 @item default | |
1198 @kindex default @r{(face name)} | |
1199 This face is used for ordinary text. | |
1200 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1201 @item mode-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1202 @kindex mode-line @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1203 This face is used for mode lines, and for menu bars when toolkit menus |
1204 are not used---but only if @code{mode-line-inverse-video} is | |
1205 non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
6598 | 1207 @item modeline |
1208 @kindex modeline @r{(face name)} | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1209 This is an alias for the @code{mode-line} face, for compatibility with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1210 old Emacs versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1212 @item header-line |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1213 @kindex header-line @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1214 This face is used for the header lines of windows that have them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1215 |
25875 | 1216 @item menu |
1217 This face controls the display of menus, both their colors and their | |
1218 font. (This works only on certain systems.) | |
1219 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1220 @item fringe |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1221 @kindex fringe @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1222 This face controls the colors of window fringes, the thin areas on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1223 either side that are used to display continuation and truncation glyphs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1224 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1225 @item scroll-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1226 @kindex scroll-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1227 This face controls the colors for display of scroll bars. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1229 @item tool-bar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1230 @kindex tool-bar @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1231 This face is used for display of the tool bar, if any. |
6598 | 1232 |
1233 @item region | |
1234 @kindex region @r{(face name)} | |
1235 This face is used for highlighting the region in Transient Mark mode. | |
1236 | |
1237 @item secondary-selection | |
1238 @kindex secondary-selection @r{(face name)} | |
1239 This face is used to show any secondary selection you have made. | |
1240 | |
1241 @item highlight | |
1242 @kindex highlight @r{(face name)} | |
1243 This face is meant to be used for highlighting for various purposes. | |
1244 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1245 @item trailing-whitespace |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1246 @kindex trailing-whitespace @r{(face name)} |
25875 | 1247 This face is used to display excess whitespace at the end of a line, |
1248 if @code{show-trailing-whitespace} is non-@code{nil}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1249 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1251 In contrast, these faces are provided to change the appearance of text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1252 in specific ways. You can use them on specific text, when you want |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1253 the effects they produce. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1255 @table @code |
6598 | 1256 @item bold |
1257 @kindex bold @r{(face name)} | |
1258 This face uses a bold font, if possible. It uses the bold variant of | |
1259 the frame's font, if it has one. It's up to you to choose a default | |
1260 font that has a bold variant, if you want to use one. | |
1261 | |
1262 @item italic | |
1263 @kindex italic @r{(face name)} | |
1264 This face uses the italic variant of the frame's font, if it has one. | |
1265 | |
1266 @item bold-italic | |
1267 @kindex bold-italic @r{(face name)} | |
1268 This face uses the bold italic variant of the frame's font, if it has | |
1269 one. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1271 @item underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1272 @kindex underline @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1273 This face underlines text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1275 @item fixed-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1276 @kindex fixed-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1277 This face forces use of a particular fixed-width font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1279 @item variable-patch |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1280 @kindex variable-patch @r{(face name)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1281 This face forces use of a particular variable-width font. It's |
25875 | 1282 reasonable to customize this to use a different variable-width font, if |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1283 you like, but you should not make it a fixed-width font. |
6598 | 1284 @end table |
1285 | |
25875 | 1286 @defvar show-trailing-whitespace |
1287 @tindex show-trailing-whitespace | |
1288 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, Emacs uses the | |
1289 @code{trailing-whitespace} face to display any spaces and tabs at the | |
1290 end of a line. | |
1291 @end defvar | |
1292 | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1293 @node Defining Faces |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1294 @subsection Defining Faces |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1296 The way to define a new face is with @code{defface}. This creates a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1297 kind of customization item (@pxref{Customization}) which the user can |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1298 customize using the Customization buffer (@pxref{Easy Customization,,, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1299 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}). |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1300 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1301 @defmac defface face spec doc [keyword value]... |
25875 | 1302 This declares @var{face} as a customizable face that defaults according |
1303 to @var{spec}. You should not quote the symbol @var{face}. The | |
1304 argument @var{doc} specifies the face documentation. The keywords you | |
1305 can use in @code{defface} are the same ones that are meaningful in both | |
1306 @code{defgroup} and @code{defcustom} (@pxref{Common Keywords}). | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1307 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1308 When @code{defface} executes, it defines the face according to |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1309 @var{spec}, then uses any customizations that were read from the |
25875 | 1310 init file (@pxref{Init File}) to override that specification. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1311 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1312 The purpose of @var{spec} is to specify how the face should appear on |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1313 different kinds of terminals. It should be an alist whose elements have |
25875 | 1314 the form @code{(@var{display} @var{atts})}. Each element's @sc{car}, |
1315 @var{display}, specifies a class of terminals. The element's second element, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1316 @var{atts}, is a list of face attributes and their values; it specifies |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1317 what the face should look like on that kind of terminal. The possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1318 attributes are defined in the value of @code{custom-face-attributes}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1319 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1320 The @var{display} part of an element of @var{spec} determines which |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1321 frames the element applies to. If more than one element of @var{spec} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1322 matches a given frame, the first matching element is the only one used |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1323 for that frame. There are two possibilities for @var{display}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1324 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1325 @table @asis |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1326 @item @code{t} |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1327 This element of @var{spec} matches all frames. Therefore, any |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1328 subsequent elements of @var{spec} are never used. Normally |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1329 @code{t} is used in the last (or only) element of @var{spec}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1330 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1331 @item a list |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1332 If @var{display} is a list, each element should have the form |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1333 @code{(@var{characteristic} @var{value}@dots{})}. Here |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1334 @var{characteristic} specifies a way of classifying frames, and the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1335 @var{value}s are possible classifications which @var{display} should |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1336 apply to. Here are the possible values of @var{characteristic}: |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1337 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1338 @table @code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1339 @item type |
32802
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1340 The kind of window system the frame uses---either @code{graphic} (any |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1341 graphics-capable display), @code{x}, @code{pc} (for the MS-DOS console), |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1342 @code{w32} (for MS Windows 9X/NT), or @code{tty} (a non-graphics-capable |
66f219c7e8ca
(Defining Faces): Document `graphic' display type in face specs.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
32552
diff
changeset
|
1343 display). |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1344 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1345 @item class |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1346 What kinds of colors the frame supports---either @code{color}, |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1347 @code{grayscale}, or @code{mono}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1348 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1349 @item background |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1350 The kind of background---either @code{light} or @code{dark}. |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1351 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1353 If an element of @var{display} specifies more than one @var{value} for a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1354 given @var{characteristic}, any of those values is acceptable. If |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1355 @var{display} has more than one element, each element should specify a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1356 different @var{characteristic}; then @emph{each} characteristic of the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1357 frame must match one of the @var{value}s specified for it in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1358 @var{display}. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1359 @end table |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1360 @end defmac |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
25875 | 1362 Here's how the standard face @code{region} is defined: |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1363 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1364 @example |
25875 | 1365 @group |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1366 (defface region |
25875 | 1367 `((((type tty) (class color)) |
1368 (:background "blue" :foreground "white")) | |
1369 @end group | |
1370 (((type tty) (class mono)) | |
1371 (:inverse-video t)) | |
1372 (((class color) (background dark)) | |
1373 (:background "blue")) | |
1374 (((class color) (background light)) | |
1375 (:background "lightblue")) | |
1376 (t (:background "gray"))) | |
1377 @group | |
1378 "Basic face for highlighting the region." | |
1379 :group 'basic-faces) | |
1380 @end group | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1381 @end example |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1383 Internally, @code{defface} uses the symbol property |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1384 @code{face-defface-spec} to record the face attributes specified in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1385 @code{defface}, @code{saved-face} for the attributes saved by the user |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1386 with the customization buffer, and @code{face-documentation} for the |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1387 documentation string. |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1389 @defopt frame-background-mode |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1390 This option, if non-@code{nil}, specifies the background type to use for |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1391 interpreting face definitions. If it is @code{dark}, then Emacs treats |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1392 all frames as if they had a dark background, regardless of their actual |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1393 background colors. If it is @code{light}, then Emacs treats all frames |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1394 as if they had a light background. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1395 @end defopt |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1397 @node Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1398 @subsection Face Attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1399 @cindex face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1400 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1401 The effect of using a face is determined by a fixed set of @dfn{face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1402 attributes}. This table lists all the face attributes, and what they |
25875 | 1403 mean. Note that in general, more than one face can be specified for a |
1404 given piece of text; when that happens, the attributes of all the faces | |
1405 are merged to specify how to display the text. @xref{Merging Faces}. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1407 In Emacs 21, any attribute in a face can have the value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1408 @code{unspecified}. This means the face doesn't specify that attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1409 In face merging, when the first face fails to specify a particular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1410 attribute, that means the next face gets a chance. However, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1411 @code{default} face must specify all attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
25875 | 1413 Some of these font attributes are meaningful only on certain kinds of |
1414 displays---if your display cannot handle a certain attribute, the | |
1415 attribute is ignored. (The attributes @code{:family}, @code{:width}, | |
1416 @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} correspond to parts of | |
1417 an X Logical Font Descriptor.) | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1419 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1420 @item :family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1421 Font family name, or fontset name (@pxref{Fontsets}). If you specify a |
25875 | 1422 font family name, the wild-card characters @samp{*} and @samp{?} are |
1423 allowed. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1425 @item :width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1426 Relative proportionate width, also known as the character set width or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1427 set width. This should be one of the symbols @code{ultra-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1428 @code{extra-condensed}, @code{condensed}, @code{semi-condensed}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1429 @code{normal}, @code{semi-expanded}, @code{expanded}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1430 @code{extra-expanded}, or @code{ultra-expanded}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1431 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1432 @item :height |
32089
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1433 Either the font height, an integer in units of 1/10 point, a floating |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1434 point number specifying the amount by which to scale the height of any |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1435 underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old height |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1436 (from the underlying face), and should return the new height. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1438 @item :weight |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1439 Font weight---a symbol from this series (from most dense to most faint): |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1440 @code{ultra-bold}, @code{extra-bold}, @code{bold}, @code{semi-bold}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1441 @code{normal}, @code{semi-light}, @code{light}, @code{extra-light}, |
25875 | 1442 or @code{ultra-light}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1443 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1444 On a text-only terminal, any weight greater than normal is displayed as |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1445 extra bright, and any weight less than normal is displayed as |
25875 | 1446 half-bright (provided the terminal supports the feature). |
1447 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1448 @item :slant |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1449 Font slant---one of the symbols @code{italic}, @code{oblique}, @code{normal}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1450 @code{reverse-italic}, or @code{reverse-oblique}. |
25809
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1451 |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1452 On a text-only terminal, slanted text is displayed as half-bright, if |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1453 the terminal supports the feature. |
89230444d638
patched by pjr from diff by rms
Phillip Rulon <pjr@gnu.org>
parents:
25751
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1455 @item :foreground |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1456 Foreground color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1458 @item :background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1459 Background color, a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1461 @item :inverse-video |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1462 Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1463 value should be @code{t} (yes) or @code{nil} (no). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1465 @item :stipple |
25875 | 1466 The background stipple, a bitmap. |
1467 | |
1468 The value can be a string; that should be the name of a file containing | |
1469 external-format X bitmap data. The file is found in the directories | |
1470 listed in the variable @code{x-bitmap-file-path}. | |
1471 | |
1472 Alternatively, the value can specify the bitmap directly, with a list of | |
1473 the form @code{(@var{width} @var{height} @var{data})}. Here, | |
1474 @var{width} and @var{height} specify the size in pixels, and @var{data} | |
1475 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap, row by row. Each row | |
1476 occupies @math{(@var{width} + 7) / 8} consecutie bytes in the string | |
1477 (which should be a unibyte string for best results). | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1478 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1479 If the value is @code{nil}, that means use no stipple pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1480 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1481 Normally you do not need to set the stipple attribute, because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1482 used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1483 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1484 @item :underline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1485 Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1486 the value is @code{t}, underlining uses the foreground color of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1487 face. If the value is a string, underlining uses that color. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1488 value @code{nil} means do not underline. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1489 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1490 @item :overline |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1491 Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1492 The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1494 @item :strike-through |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1495 Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1496 color. The value is used like that of @code{:underline}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
32089
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1498 @item :inherit |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1499 The name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list of face |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1500 names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face like an |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1501 underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces. |
15b8a53f1d7a
(Face Attributes): Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
31373
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1503 @item :box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1504 Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its color, the |
25875 | 1505 width of the box lines, and 3D appearance. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1506 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1508 Here are the possible values of the @code{:box} attribute, and what |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1509 they mean: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1510 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1511 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1512 @item @code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1513 Don't draw a box. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1514 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1515 @item @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1516 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in the foreground color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1517 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1518 @item @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1519 Draw a box with lines of width 1, in color @var{color}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1521 @item @code{(:line-width @var{width} :color @var{color} :style @var{style})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1522 This way you can explicitly specify all aspects of the box. The value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1523 @var{width} specifies the width of the lines to draw; it defaults to 1. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1525 The value @var{color} specifies the color to draw with. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1526 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1527 color of the face for 3D boxes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1529 The value @var{style} specifies whether to draw a 3D box. If it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1530 @code{released-button}, the box looks like a 3D button that is not being |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1531 pressed. If it is @code{pressed-button}, the box looks like a 3D button |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1532 that is being pressed. If it is @code{nil} or omitted, a plain 2D box |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1533 is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1534 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1535 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1536 The attributes @code{:overline}, @code{:strike-through} and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1537 @code{:box} are new in Emacs 21. The attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1538 @code{:height}, @code{:width}, @code{:weight}, @code{:slant} are also |
25875 | 1539 new; previous versions used the following attributes, now semi-obsolete, |
1540 to specify some of the same information: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1542 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1543 @item :font |
25875 | 1544 This attribute specifies the font name. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1545 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1546 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1547 A non-@code{nil} value specifies a bold font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1548 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1549 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1550 A non-@code{nil} value specifies an italic font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1551 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1552 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1553 For compatibility, you can still set these ``attributes'' in Emacs 21, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1554 even though they are not real face attributes. Here is what that does: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1555 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1556 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1557 @item :font |
25875 | 1558 You can specify an X font name as the ``value'' of this ``attribute''; |
1559 that sets the @code{:family}, @code{:width}, @code{:height}, | |
1560 @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} attributes according to the font name. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1561 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1562 If the value is a pattern with wildcards, the first font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1563 the pattern is used to set these attributes. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1565 @item :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1566 A non-@code{nil} makes the face bold; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1567 This actually works by setting the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1568 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1569 @item :italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1570 A non-@code{nil} makes the face italic; @code{nil} makes it normal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1571 This actually works by setting the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1572 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1574 @defvar x-bitmap-file-path |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1575 This variable specifies a list of directories for searching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1576 for bitmap files, for the @code{:stipple} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1577 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
25911
b192e4e3a9f5
Rename pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1579 @defun bitmap-spec-p object |
25875 | 1580 This returns @code{t} if @var{object} is a valid bitmap |
1581 specification, suitable for use with @code{:stipple}. | |
1582 It returns @code{nil} otherwise. | |
1583 @end defun | |
1584 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1585 @node Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1586 @subsection Face Attribute Functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1587 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1588 You can modify the attributes of an existing face with the following |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1589 functions. If you specify @var{frame}, they affect just that frame; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1590 otherwise, they affect all frames as well as the defaults that apply to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1591 new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1593 @tindex set-face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1594 @defun set-face-attribute face frame &rest arguments |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1595 This function sets one or more attributes of face @var{face} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1596 for frame @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, it sets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1597 the attribute for all frames, and the defaults for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1598 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1599 The extra arguments @var{arguments} specify the attributes to set, and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1600 the values for them. They should consist of alternating attribute names |
25875 | 1601 (such as @code{:family} or @code{:underline}) and corresponding values. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1602 Thus, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1603 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1604 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1605 (set-face-attribute 'foo nil |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1606 :width :extended |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1607 :weight :bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1608 :underline "red") |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1609 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1610 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1611 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1612 sets the attributes @code{:width}, @code{:weight} and @code{:underline} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1613 to the corresponding values. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1614 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1615 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1616 @tindex face-attribute |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1617 @defun face-attribute face attribute &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1618 This returns the value of the @var{attribute} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1619 @var{face} on @var{frame}. If @var{frame} is @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1620 that means the selected frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1621 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1622 If @var{frame} is @code{t}, the value is the default for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1623 @var{face} for new frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1625 For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1626 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1627 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1628 (face-attribute 'bold :weight) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1629 @result{} bold |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1630 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1631 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
25875 | 1633 The functions above did not exist before Emacs 21. For compatibility |
1634 with older Emacs versions, you can use the following functions to set | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1635 and examine the face attributes which existed in those versions. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1636 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1637 @defun set-face-foreground face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1638 @defunx set-face-background face color &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1639 These functions set the foreground (or background, respectively) color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1640 of face @var{face} to @var{color}. The argument @var{color} should be a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1641 string, the name of a color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1643 Certain shades of gray are implemented by stipple patterns on |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1644 black-and-white screens. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1645 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1646 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1647 @defun set-face-stipple face pattern &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1648 This function sets the background stipple pattern of face @var{face} to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1649 @var{pattern}. The argument @var{pattern} should be the name of a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1650 stipple pattern defined by the X server, or @code{nil} meaning don't use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1651 stipple. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1653 Normally there is no need to pay attention to stipple patterns, because |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1654 they are used automatically to handle certain shades of gray. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1655 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1657 @defun set-face-font face font &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1658 This function sets the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1659 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1660 In Emacs 21, this actually sets the attributes @code{:family}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1661 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1662 according to the font name @var{font}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1664 In Emacs 20, this sets the font attribute. Once you set the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1665 explicitly, the bold and italic attributes cease to have any effect, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1666 because the precise font that you specified is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1667 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1668 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1669 @defun set-face-bold-p face bold-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1670 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be bold. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1671 @var{bold-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1672 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1673 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:weight} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1674 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:bold} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1675 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1677 @defun set-face-italic-p face italic-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1678 This function specifies whether @var{face} should be italic. If |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1679 @var{italic-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means yes; @code{nil} means no. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1681 In Emacs 21, this sets the @code{:slant} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1682 In Emacs 20, it sets the @code{:italic} attribute. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1683 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1684 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1685 @defun set-face-underline-p face underline-p &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1686 This function sets the underline attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1687 Non-@code{nil} means do underline; @code{nil} means don't. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1688 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1690 @defun invert-face face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1691 This function inverts the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1692 @var{face}. If the attribute is @code{nil}, this function sets it to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1693 @code{t}, and vice versa. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1694 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1695 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1696 These functions examine the attributes of a face. If you don't |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1697 specify @var{frame}, they refer to the default data for new frames. |
25875 | 1698 They return the symbol @code{unspecified} if the face doesn't define any |
1699 value for that attribute. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1700 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1701 @defun face-foreground face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1702 @defunx face-background face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1703 These functions return the foreground color (or background color, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1704 respectively) of face @var{face}, as a string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1705 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1707 @defun face-stipple face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1708 This function returns the name of the background stipple pattern of face |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1709 @var{face}, or @code{nil} if it doesn't have one. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1710 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1711 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1712 @defun face-font face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1713 This function returns the name of the font of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1714 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1716 @defun face-bold-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1717 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is bold---that is, if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1718 bolder than normal. It returns @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1719 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1720 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1721 @defun face-italic-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1722 This function returns @code{t} if @var{face} is italic or oblique, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1723 @code{nil} otherwise. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1724 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1726 @defun face-underline-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1727 This function returns the @code{:underline} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1728 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1729 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1730 @defun face-inverse-video-p face &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1731 This function returns the @code{:inverse-video} attribute of face @var{face}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1732 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
6598 | 1734 @node Merging Faces |
1735 @subsection Merging Faces for Display | |
1736 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1737 Here are the ways to specify which faces to use for display of text: |
6598 | 1738 |
1739 @itemize @bullet | |
1740 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1741 With defaults. The @code{default} face is used as the ultimate |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1742 default for all text. (In Emacs 19 and 20, the @code{default} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1743 face is used only when no other face is specified.) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1744 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1745 For a mode line or header line, the face @code{modeline} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1746 @code{header-line} is used just before @code{default}. |
6598 | 1747 |
1748 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1749 With text properties. A character can have a @code{face} property; if |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1750 so, the faces and face attributes specified there apply. @xref{Special |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1751 Properties}. |
6598 | 1752 |
1753 If the character has a @code{mouse-face} property, that is used instead | |
1754 of the @code{face} property when the mouse is ``near enough'' to the | |
1755 character. | |
1756 | |
1757 @item | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1758 With overlays. An overlay can have @code{face} and @code{mouse-face} |
6598 | 1759 properties too; they apply to all the text covered by the overlay. |
1760 | |
1761 @item | |
12098 | 1762 With a region that is active. In Transient Mark mode, the region is |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1763 highlighted with the face @code{region} (@pxref{Standard Faces}). |
12098 | 1764 |
1765 @item | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1766 With special glyphs. Each glyph can specify a particular face |
6598 | 1767 number. @xref{Glyphs}. |
1768 @end itemize | |
1769 | |
1770 If these various sources together specify more than one face for a | |
1771 particular character, Emacs merges the attributes of the various faces | |
1772 specified. The attributes of the faces of special glyphs come first; | |
12098 | 1773 then comes the face for region highlighting, if appropriate; |
6598 | 1774 then come attributes of faces from overlays, followed by those from text |
1775 properties, and last the default face. | |
1776 | |
1777 When multiple overlays cover one character, an overlay with higher | |
1778 priority overrides those with lower priority. @xref{Overlays}. | |
1779 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1780 In Emacs 20, if an attribute such as the font or a color is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1781 specified in any of the above ways, the frame's own font or color is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1782 used. In newer Emacs versions, this cannot happen, because the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1783 @code{default} face specifies all attributes---in fact, the frame's own |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1784 font and colors are synonymous with those of the default face. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1786 @node Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1787 @subsection Font Selection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1788 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1789 @dfn{Selecting a font} means mapping the specified face attributes for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1790 a character to a font that is available on a particular display. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1791 face attributes, as determined by face merging, specify most of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1792 font choice, but not all. Part of the choice depends on what character |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1793 it is. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1795 For multibyte characters, typically each font covers only one |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1796 character set. So each character set (@pxref{Character Sets}) specifies |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1797 a registry and encoding to use, with the character set's |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1798 @code{x-charset-registry} property. Its value is a string containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1799 the registry and the encoding, with a dash between them: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1800 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1801 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1802 (plist-get (charset-plist 'latin-iso8859-1) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1803 'x-charset-registry) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1804 @result{} "ISO8859-1" |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1805 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1806 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1807 Unibyte text does not have character sets, so displaying a unibyte |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1808 character takes the registry and encoding from the variable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1809 @code{face-default-registry}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1811 @defvar face-default-registry |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1812 This variable specifies which registry and encoding to use in choosing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1813 fonts for unibyte characters. The value is initialized at Emacs startup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1814 time from the font the user specified for Emacs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1815 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1816 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1817 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1818 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1819 family, a font pattern is constructed. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1820 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1821 Emacs tries to find an available font for the given face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1822 and character's registry and encoding. If there is a font that matches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1823 exactly, it is used, of course. The hard case is when no available font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1824 exactly fits the specification. Then Emacs looks for one that is |
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1825 ``close''---one attribute at a time. You can specify the order to |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1826 consider the attributes. In the case where a specified font family is |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1827 not available, you can specify a set of mappings for alternatives to |
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27447
diff
changeset
|
1828 try. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1829 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1830 @defvar face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1831 @tindex face-font-selection-order |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1832 This variable specifies the order of importance of the face attributes |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1833 @code{:width}, @code{:height}, @code{:weight}, and @code{:slant}. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1834 value should be a list containing those four symbols, in order of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1835 decreasing importance. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1836 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1837 Font selection first finds the best available matches for the first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1838 attribute listed; then, among the fonts which are best in that way, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1839 searches for the best matches in the second attribute, and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1840 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1841 The attributes @code{:weight} and @code{:width} have symbolic values in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1842 a range centered around @code{normal}. Matches that are more extreme |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1843 (farther from @code{normal}) are somewhat preferred to matches that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1844 less extreme (closer to @code{normal}); this is designed to ensure that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1845 non-normal faces contrast with normal ones, whenever possible. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1847 The default is @code{(:width :height :weight :slant)}, which means first |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1848 find the fonts closest to the specified @code{:width}, then---among the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1849 fonts with that width---find a best match for the specified font height, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1850 and so on. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1851 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1852 One example of a case where this variable makes a difference is when the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1853 default font has no italic equivalent. With the default ordering, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1854 @code{italic} face will use a non-italic font that is similar to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1855 default one. But if you put @code{:slant} before @code{:height}, the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1856 @code{italic} face will use an italic font, even if its height is not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1857 quite right. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1858 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1859 |
33373 | 1860 @defvar face-font-family-alternatives |
1861 @tindex face-font-family-alternatives | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1862 This variable lets you specify alternative font families to try, if a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1863 given family is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1864 this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1865 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1866 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1867 (@var{family} @var{alternate-families}@dots{}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1868 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1869 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1870 If @var{family} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the other |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1871 families given in @var{alternate-families}, one by one, until it finds a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1872 family that does exist. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1873 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1874 |
33373 | 1875 @defvar face-font-registry-alternatives |
1876 @tindex face-font-registry-alternatives | |
1877 This variable lets you specify alternative font registries to try, if a | |
1878 given registry is specified and doesn't exist. Each element should have | |
1879 this form: | |
1880 | |
1881 @example | |
1882 (@var{registry} @var{alternate-registries}@dots{}) | |
1883 @end example | |
1884 | |
1885 If @var{registry} is specified but not available, Emacs will try the | |
1886 other registries given in @var{alternate-registries}, one by one, | |
1887 until it finds a registry that does exist. | |
1888 @end defvar | |
1889 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1890 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts, but by default it does not use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1891 them, since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts can crash |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1892 XFree86 servers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1893 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1894 @defvar scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1895 @tindex scalable-fonts-allowed |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1896 This variable controls which scalable fonts to use. A value of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1897 @code{nil}, the default, means do not use scalable fonts. @code{t} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1898 means to use any scalable font that seems appropriate for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1899 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1900 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. Then a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1901 scalable font is enabled for use if its name matches any regular |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1902 expression in the list. For example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1904 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1905 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$")) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1906 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1907 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1908 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1909 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry @code{muleindian-2}. |
26698
73f718a9df4b
(Overlays): Add menu entry for Finding Overlays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26696
diff
changeset
|
1910 @end defvar |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1911 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1912 @defun clear-face-cache &optional unload-p |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1913 @tindex clear-face-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1914 This function clears the face cache for all frames. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1915 If @var{unload-p} is non-@code{nil}, that means to unload |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1916 all unused fonts as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1917 @end defun |
6598 | 1918 |
1919 @node Face Functions | |
1920 @subsection Functions for Working with Faces | |
1921 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1922 Here are additional functions for creating and working with faces. |
6598 | 1923 |
1924 @defun make-face name | |
1925 This function defines a new face named @var{name}, initially with all | |
1926 attributes @code{nil}. It does nothing if there is already a face named | |
1927 @var{name}. | |
1928 @end defun | |
1929 | |
1930 @defun face-list | |
1931 This function returns a list of all defined face names. | |
1932 @end defun | |
1933 | |
1934 @defun copy-face old-face new-name &optional frame new-frame | |
1935 This function defines the face @var{new-name} as a copy of the existing | |
1936 face named @var{old-face}. It creates the face @var{new-name} if that | |
1937 doesn't already exist. | |
1938 | |
1939 If the optional argument @var{frame} is given, this function applies | |
1940 only to that frame. Otherwise it applies to each frame individually, | |
1941 copying attributes from @var{old-face} in each frame to @var{new-face} | |
1942 in the same frame. | |
1943 | |
1944 If the optional argument @var{new-frame} is given, then @code{copy-face} | |
1945 copies the attributes of @var{old-face} in @var{frame} to @var{new-name} | |
1946 in @var{new-frame}. | |
1947 @end defun | |
1948 | |
12098 | 1949 @defun face-id face |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1950 This function returns the face number of face @var{face}. |
6598 | 1951 @end defun |
1952 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1953 @defun face-documentation face |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1954 This function returns the documentation string of face @var{face}, or |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1955 @code{nil} if none was specified for it. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1956 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
1957 |
6598 | 1958 @defun face-equal face1 face2 &optional frame |
1959 This returns @code{t} if the faces @var{face1} and @var{face2} have the | |
1960 same attributes for display. | |
1961 @end defun | |
1962 | |
1963 @defun face-differs-from-default-p face &optional frame | |
1964 This returns @code{t} if the face @var{face} displays differently from | |
25875 | 1965 the default face. A face is considered to be ``the same'' as the |
1966 default face if each attribute is either the same as that of the default | |
1967 face, or unspecified (meaning to inherit from the default). | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1968 @end defun |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1969 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1970 @node Auto Faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1971 @subsection Automatic Face Assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1972 @cindex automatic face assignment |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1973 @cindex faces, automatic choice |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1974 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1975 @cindex Font-Lock mode |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1976 Starting with Emacs 21, a hook is available for automatically |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1977 assigning faces to text in the buffer. This hook is used for part of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1978 the implementation of Font-Lock mode. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1980 @tindex fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1981 @defvar fontification-functions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1982 This variable holds a list of functions that are called by Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1983 redisplay as needed to assign faces automatically to text in the buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1984 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1985 The functions are called in the order listed, with one argument, a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1986 buffer position @var{pos}. Each function should attempt to assign faces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1987 to the text in the current buffer starting at @var{pos}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1988 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1989 Each function should record the faces they assign by setting the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1990 @code{face} property. It should also add a non-@code{nil} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1991 @code{fontified} property for all the text it has assigned faces to. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1992 That property tells redisplay that faces have been assigned to that text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1993 already. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1995 It is probably a good idea for each function to do nothing if the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1996 character after @var{pos} already has a non-@code{nil} @code{fontified} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1997 property, but this is not required. If one function overrides the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1998 assignments made by a previous one, the properties as they are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1999 after the last function finishes are the ones that really matter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2000 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2001 For efficiency, we recommend writing these functions so that they |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2002 usually assign faces to around 400 to 600 characters at each call. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2003 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2005 @node Font Lookup |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2006 @subsection Looking Up Fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2007 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2008 @defun x-list-fonts pattern &optional face frame maximum |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2009 This function returns a list of available font names that match |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2010 @var{pattern}. If the optional arguments @var{face} and @var{frame} are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2011 specified, then the list is limited to fonts that are the same size as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2012 @var{face} currently is on @var{frame}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2014 The argument @var{pattern} should be a string, perhaps with wildcard |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2015 characters: the @samp{*} character matches any substring, and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2016 @samp{?} character matches any single character. Pattern matching |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2017 of font names ignores case. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2018 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2019 If you specify @var{face} and @var{frame}, @var{face} should be a face name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2020 (a symbol) and @var{frame} should be a frame. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2021 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2022 The optional argument @var{maximum} sets a limit on how many fonts to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2023 return. If this is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is truncated |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2024 after the first @var{maximum} matching fonts. Specifying a small value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2025 for @var{maximum} can make this function much faster, in cases where |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2026 many fonts match the pattern. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2027 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2029 These additional functions are available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2030 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2031 @defun x-family-fonts &optional family frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2032 @tindex x-family-fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2033 This function returns a list describing the available fonts for family |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2034 @var{family} on @var{frame}. If @var{family} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2035 this list applies to all families, and therefore, it contains all |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2036 available fonts. Otherwise, @var{family} must be a string; it may |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2037 contain the wildcards @samp{?} and @samp{*}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2038 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2039 The list describes the display that @var{frame} is on; if @var{frame} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2040 omitted or @code{nil}, it applies to the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2041 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2042 The list contains a vector of the following form for each font: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2043 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2044 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2045 [@var{family} @var{width} @var{point-size} @var{weight} @var{slant} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2046 @var{fixed-p} @var{full} @var{registry-and-encoding}] |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2047 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2048 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2049 The first five elements correspond to face attributes; if you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2050 specify these attributes for a face, it will use this font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2052 The last three elements give additional information about the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2053 @var{fixed-p} is non-nil if the font is fixed-pitch. @var{full} is the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2054 full name of the font, and @var{registry-and-encoding} is a string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2055 giving the registry and encoding of the font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2057 The result list is sorted according to the current face font sort order. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2058 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2060 @defun x-font-family-list &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2061 @tindex x-font-family-list |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2062 This function returns a list of the font families available for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2063 @var{frame}'s display. If @var{frame} is omitted or @code{nil}, it |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2064 describes the selected frame's display. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2066 The value is a list of elements of this form: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2067 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2068 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2069 (@var{family} . @var{fixed-p}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2070 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2071 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2072 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2073 Here @var{family} is a font family, and @var{fixed-p} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2074 non-@code{nil} if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2075 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2076 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2077 @defvar font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2078 @tindex font-list-limit |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2079 This variable specifies maximum number of fonts to consider in font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2080 matching. The function @code{x-family-fonts} will not return more than |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2081 that many fonts, and font selection will consider only that many fonts |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2082 when searching a matching font for face attributes. The default is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2083 currently 100. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2084 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2086 @node Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2087 @subsection Fontsets |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2088 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2089 A @dfn{fontset} is a list of fonts, each assigned to a range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2090 character codes. An individual font cannot display the whole range of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2091 characters that Emacs supports, but a fontset can. Fontsets have names, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2092 just as fonts do, and you can use a fontset name in place of a font name |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2093 when you specify the ``font'' for a frame or a face. Here is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2094 information about defining a fontset under Lisp program control. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2095 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2096 @defun create-fontset-from-fontset-spec fontset-spec &optional style-variant-p noerror |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2097 This function defines a new fontset according to the specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2098 string @var{fontset-spec}. The string should have this format: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2100 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2101 @var{fontpattern}, @r{[}@var{charsetname}:@var{fontname}@r{]@dots{}} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2102 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2104 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2105 Whitespace characters before and after the commas are ignored. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2107 The first part of the string, @var{fontpattern}, should have the form of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2108 a standard X font name, except that the last two fields should be |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2109 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2110 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2111 The new fontset has two names, one long and one short. The long name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2112 @var{fontpattern} in its entirety. The short name is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2113 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}}. You can refer to the fontset by either |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2114 name. If a fontset with the same name already exists, an error is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2115 signaled, unless @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, in which case this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2116 function does nothing. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2117 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2118 If optional argument @var{style-variant-p} is non-@code{nil}, that says |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2119 to create bold, italic and bold-italic variants of the fontset as well. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2120 These variant fontsets do not have a short name, only a long one, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2121 is made by altering @var{fontpattern} to indicate the bold or italic |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2122 status. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2124 The specification string also says which fonts to use in the fontset. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2125 See below for the details. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2126 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2127 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2128 The construct @samp{@var{charset}:@var{font}} specifies which font to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2129 use (in this fontset) for one particular character set. Here, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2130 @var{charset} is the name of a character set, and @var{font} is the font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2131 to use for that character set. You can use this construct any number of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2132 times in the specification string. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2133 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2134 For the remaining character sets, those that you don't specify |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2135 explicitly, Emacs chooses a font based on @var{fontpattern}: it replaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2136 @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} with a value that names one character set. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2137 For the @sc{ascii} character set, @samp{fontset-@var{alias}} is replaced |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2138 with @samp{ISO8859-1}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2139 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2140 In addition, when several consecutive fields are wildcards, Emacs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2141 collapses them into a single wildcard. This is to prevent use of |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2142 auto-scaled fonts. Fonts made by scaling larger fonts are not usable |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2143 for editing, and scaling a smaller font is not useful because it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2144 better to use the smaller font in its own size, which Emacs does. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2145 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2146 Thus if @var{fontpattern} is this, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2148 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2149 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2150 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2151 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2152 @noindent |
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27332
diff
changeset
|
2153 the font specification for @sc{ascii} characters would be this: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2155 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2156 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2157 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2159 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2160 and the font specification for Chinese GB2312 characters would be this: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2162 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2163 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2164 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2165 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2166 You may not have any Chinese font matching the above font |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2167 specification. Most X distributions include only Chinese fonts that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2168 have @samp{song ti} or @samp{fangsong ti} in the @var{family} field. In |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2169 such a case, @samp{Fontset-@var{n}} can be specified as below: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2171 @smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2172 Emacs.Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24,\ |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2173 chinese-gb2312:-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-gb2312*-* |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2174 @end smallexample |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2176 @noindent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2177 Then, the font specifications for all but Chinese GB2312 characters have |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2178 @samp{fixed} in the @var{family} field, and the font specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2179 Chinese GB2312 characters has a wild card @samp{*} in the @var{family} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2180 field. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2182 @node Display Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2183 @section The @code{display} Property |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2184 @cindex display specification |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2185 @kindex display @r{(text property)} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
25875 | 2187 The @code{display} text property (or overlay property) is used to |
2188 insert images into text, and also control other aspects of how text | |
2189 displays. These features are available starting in Emacs 21. The value | |
2190 of the @code{display} property should be a display specification, or a | |
2191 list or vector containing several display specifications. The rest of | |
2192 this section describes several kinds of display specifications and what | |
2193 they mean. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2195 @menu |
25875 | 2196 * Specified Space:: Displaying one space with a specified width. |
2197 * Other Display Specs:: Displaying an image; magnifying text; moving it | |
2198 up or down on the page; adjusting the width | |
2199 of spaces within text. | |
2200 * Display Margins:: Displaying text or images to the side of the main text. | |
2201 * Conditional Display:: Making any of the above features conditional | |
2202 depending on some Lisp expression. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2203 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2205 @node Specified Space |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2206 @subsection Specified Spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2207 @cindex spaces, specified height or width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2208 @cindex specified spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2209 @cindex variable-width spaces |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2211 To display a space of specified width and/or height, use a display |
25875 | 2212 specification of the form @code{(space . @var{props})}, where |
2213 @var{props} is a property list (a list of alternating properties and | |
2214 values). You can put this property on one or more consecutive | |
2215 characters; a space of the specified height and width is displayed in | |
2216 place of @emph{all} of those characters. These are the properties you | |
2217 can use to specify the weight of the space: | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2218 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2219 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2220 @item :width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2221 Specifies that the space width should be @var{width} times the normal |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2222 character width. @var{width} can be an integer or floating point |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2223 number. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2225 @item :relative-width @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2226 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2227 first character in the group of consecutive characters that have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2228 same @code{display} property. The space width is the width of that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2229 character, multiplied by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2231 @item :align-to @var{hpos} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2232 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach @var{hpos}. The |
25875 | 2233 value @var{hpos} is measured in units of the normal character width. It |
2234 may be an interer or a floating point number. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2235 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2236 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2237 Exactly one of the above properties should be used. You can also |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2238 specify the height of the space, with other properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2240 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2241 @item :height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2242 Specifies the height of the space, as @var{height}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2243 measured in terms of the normal line height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2244 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2245 @item :relative-height @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2246 Specifies the height of the space, multiplying the ordinary height |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2247 of the text having this display specification by @var{factor}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2249 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2250 Specifies that @var{ascent} percent of the height of the space should be |
25875 | 2251 considered as the ascent of the space---that is, the part above the |
2252 baseline. The value of @var{ascent} must be a non-negative number no | |
2253 greater than 100. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2254 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2255 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2256 You should not use both @code{:height} and @code{:relative-height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2257 together. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2258 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2259 @node Other Display Specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2260 @subsection Other Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2262 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2263 @item (image . @var{image-props}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2264 This is in fact an image descriptor (@pxref{Images}). When used as a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2265 display specification, it means to display the image instead of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2266 that has the display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2267 |
32467 | 2268 @item ((margin nil) @var{string}) |
2269 @itemx @var{string} | |
2270 A display specification of this form means to display @var{string} | |
2271 instead of the text that has the display specification, at the same | |
2272 position as that text. This is a special case of marginal display | |
2273 (@pxref{Display Margins}). | |
2274 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2275 @item (space-width @var{factor}) |
25875 | 2276 This display specification affects all the space characters within the |
2277 text that has the specification. It displays all of these spaces | |
2278 @var{factor} times as wide as normal. The element @var{factor} should | |
2279 be an integer or float. Characters other than spaces are not affected | |
2280 at all; in particular, this has no effect on tab characters. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2281 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2282 @item (height @var{height}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2283 This display specification makes the text taller or shorter. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2284 Here are the possibilities for @var{height}: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2285 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2286 @table @asis |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2287 @item @code{(+ @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2288 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps larger. A ``step'' is |
25875 | 2289 defined by the set of available fonts---specifically, those that match |
2290 what was otherwise specified for this text, in all attributes except | |
2291 height. Each size for which a suitable font is available counts as | |
2292 another step. @var{n} should be an integer. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2294 @item @code{(- @var{n})} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2295 This means to use a font that is @var{n} steps smaller. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2296 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2297 @item a number, @var{factor} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2298 A number, @var{factor}, means to use a font that is @var{factor} times |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2299 as tall as the default font. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2300 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2301 @item a symbol, @var{function} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2302 A symbol is a function to compute the height. It is called with the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2303 current height as argument, and should return the new height to use. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2305 @item anything else, @var{form} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2306 If the @var{height} value doesn't fit the previous possibilities, it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2307 a form. Emacs evaluates it to get the new height, with the symbol |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2308 @code{height} bound to the current specified font height. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2309 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2310 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2311 @item (raise @var{factor}) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2312 This kind of display specification raises or lowers the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2313 it applies to, relative to the baseline of the line. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2315 @var{factor} must be a number, which is interpreted as a multiple of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2316 height of the affected text. If it is positive, that means to display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2317 the characters raised. If it is negative, that means to display them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2318 lower down. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2320 If the text also has a @code{height} display specification, that does |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2321 not affect the amount of raising or lowering, which is based on the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2322 faces used for the text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2323 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2325 @node Display Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2326 @subsection Displaying in the Margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2327 @cindex display margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2328 @cindex margins, display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2329 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2330 A buffer can have blank areas called @dfn{display margins} on the left |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2331 and on the right. Ordinary text never appears in these areas, but you |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2332 can put things into the display margins using the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2333 property. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2334 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2335 To put text in the left or right display margin of the window, use a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2336 display specification of the form @code{(margin right-margin)} or |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2337 @code{(margin left-margin)} on it. To put an image in a display margin, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2338 use that display specification along with the display specification for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2339 the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2341 Before the display margins can display anything, you must give |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2342 them a nonzero width. The usual way to do that is to set these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2343 variables: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2345 @defvar left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2346 @tindex left-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2347 This variable specifies the width of the left margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2348 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2349 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2351 @defvar right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2352 @tindex right-margin-width |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2353 This variable specifies the width of the right margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2354 It is buffer-local in all buffers. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2355 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2356 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2357 Setting these variables does not immediately affect the window. These |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2358 variables are checked when a new buffer is displayed in the window. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2359 Thus, you can make changes take effect by calling |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2360 @code{set-window-buffer}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2362 You can also set the margin widths immediately. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2363 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2364 @defun set-window-margins window left right |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2365 @tindex set-window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2366 This function specifies the margin widths for window @var{window}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2367 The argument @var{left} controls the left margin and |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2368 @var{right} controls the right margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2369 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2370 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2371 @defun window-margins &optional window |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2372 @tindex window-margins |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2373 This function returns the left and right margins of @var{window} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2374 as a cons cell of the form @code{(@var{left} . @var{right})}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2375 If @var{window} is @code{nil}, the selected window is used. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2376 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2377 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2378 @node Conditional Display |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2379 @subsection Conditional Display Specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2380 @cindex conditional display specifications |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2381 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2382 You can make any display specification conditional. To do that, |
29471 | 2383 package it in another list of the form @code{(when @var{condition} . |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2384 @var{spec})}. Then the specification @var{spec} applies only when |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2385 @var{condition} evaluates to a non-@code{nil} value. During the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2386 evaluation, point is temporarily set at the end position of the text |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2387 having this conditional display specification. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2388 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2389 @node Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2390 @section Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2391 @cindex images in buffers |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2392 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2393 To display an image in an Emacs buffer, you must first create an image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2394 descriptor, then use it as a display specifier in the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2395 property of text that is displayed (@pxref{Display Property}). Like the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2396 @code{display} property, this feature is available starting in Emacs 21. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2397 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2398 Emacs can display a number of different image formats; some of them |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2399 are supported only if particular support libraries are installed on your |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2400 machine. The supported image formats include XBM, XPM (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2401 libraries @code{libXpm} version 3.4k and @code{libz}), GIF (needing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2402 @code{libungif} 4.1.0), Postscript, PBM, JPEG (needing the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2403 @code{libjpeg} library version v6a), TIFF (needing @code{libtiff} v3.4), |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2404 and PNG (needing @code{libpng} 1.0.2). |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2406 You specify one of these formats with an image type symbol. The image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2407 type symbols are @code{xbm}, @code{xpm}, @code{gif}, @code{postscript}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2408 @code{pbm}, @code{jpeg}, @code{tiff}, and @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2409 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2410 @defvar image-types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2411 This variable contains a list of those image type symbols that are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2412 supported in the current configuration. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2413 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2414 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2415 @menu |
25875 | 2416 * Image Descriptors:: How to specify an image for use in @code{:display}. |
2417 * XBM Images:: Special features for XBM format. | |
2418 * XPM Images:: Special features for XPM format. | |
2419 * GIF Images:: Special features for GIF format. | |
2420 * Postscript Images:: Special features for Postscript format. | |
2421 * Other Image Types:: Various other formats are supported. | |
2422 * Defining Images:: Convenient ways to define an image for later use. | |
2423 * Showing Images:: Convenient ways to display an image once it is defined. | |
2424 * Image Cache:: Internal mechanisms of image display. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2425 @end menu |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2426 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2427 @node Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2428 @subsection Image Descriptors |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2429 @cindex image descriptor |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2430 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2431 An image description is a list of the form @code{(image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2432 . @var{props})}, where @var{props} is a property list containing |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2433 alternating keyword symbols (symbols whose names start with a colon) and |
26400 | 2434 their values. You can use any Lisp object as a property, but the only |
2435 properties that have any special meaning are certain symbols, all of | |
2436 them keywords. | |
2437 | |
2438 Every image descriptor must contain the property @code{:type | |
2439 @var{type}} to specify the format of the image. The value of @var{type} | |
2440 should be an image type symbol; for example, @code{xpm} for an image in | |
2441 XPM format. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2442 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2443 Here is a list of other properties that are meaningful for all image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2444 types: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2445 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2446 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2447 @item :ascent @var{ascent} |
29151 | 2448 The @code{:ascent} property specifies the amount of the image's |
2449 height to use for its ascent---that is, the part above the baseline. | |
2450 The value, @var{ascent}, must be a number in the range 0 to 100, or | |
2451 the symbol @code{center}. | |
2452 | |
2453 If @var{ascent} is a number, that percentage of the image's height is | |
2454 used for its ascent. | |
2455 | |
2456 If @var{ascent} is @code{center}, the image is vertically centered | |
2457 around a centerline which would be the vertical centerline of text drawn | |
2458 at the position of the image, in the manner specified by the text | |
2459 properties and overlays that apply to the image. | |
2460 | |
2461 If this property is omitted, it defaults to 50. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2462 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2463 @item :margin @var{margin} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2464 The @code{:margin} property specifies how many pixels to add as an extra |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2465 margin around the image. The value, @var{margin}, must be a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2466 non-negative number; if it is not specified, the default is zero. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2467 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2468 @item :relief @var{relief} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2469 The @code{:relief} property, if non-@code{nil}, adds a shadow rectangle |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2470 around the image. The value, @var{relief}, specifies the width of the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2471 shadow lines, in pixels. If @var{relief} is negative, shadows are drawn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2472 so that the image appears as a pressed button; otherwise, it appears as |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2473 an unpressed button. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2474 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2475 @item :algorithm @var{algorithm} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2476 The @code{:algorithm} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2477 conversion algorithm that should be applied to the image before it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2478 displayed; the value, @var{algorithm}, specifies which algorithm. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2479 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2480 Currently, the only meaningful value for @var{algorithm} (aside from |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2481 @code{nil}) is @code{laplace}; this applies the Laplace edge detection |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2482 algorithm, which blurs out small differences in color while highlighting |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2483 larger differences. People sometimes consider this useful for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2484 displaying the image for a ``disabled'' button. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2485 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2486 @item :heuristic-mask @var{transparent-color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2487 The @code{:heuristic-mask} property, if non-@code{nil}, specifies that a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2488 certain color in the image should be transparent. Each pixel where this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2489 color appears will actually allow the frame's background to show |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2490 through. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2492 If @var{transparent-color} is @code{t}, then determine the transparent |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2493 color by looking at the four corners of the image. This uses the color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2494 that occurs most frequently near the corners as the transparent color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2495 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2496 Otherwise, @var{heuristic-mask} should specify the transparent color |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2497 directly, as a list of three integers in the form @code{(@var{red} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2498 @var{green} @var{blue})}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2499 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2500 @item :file @var{file} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2501 The @code{:file} property specifies to load the image from file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2502 @var{file}. If @var{file} is not an absolute file name, it is expanded |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2503 in @code{data-directory}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2504 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2505 @item :data @var{data} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2506 The @code{:data} property specifies the actual contents of the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2507 Each image must use either @code{:data} or @code{:file}, but not both. |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2508 For most image types, the value of the @code{:data} property should be a |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2509 string containing the image data; we recommend using a unibyte string. |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2510 |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2511 Before using @code{:data}, look for further information in the section |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2512 below describing the specific image format. For some image types, |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2513 @code{:data} may not be supported; for some, it allows other data types; |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2514 for some, @code{:data} alone is not enough, so you need to use other |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2515 image properties along with @code{:data}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2516 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2517 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2518 @node XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2519 @subsection XBM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2520 @cindex XBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2521 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2522 To use XBM format, specify @code{xbm} as the image type. This image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2523 format doesn't require an external library, so images of this type are |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2524 always supported. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2526 Additional image properties supported for the @code{xbm} image type are: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2527 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2528 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2529 @item :foreground @var{foreground} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2530 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2531 foreground color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2532 1. The default is the frame's foreground color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2533 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2534 @item :background @var{background} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2535 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2536 background color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2537 0. The default is the frame's background color. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2538 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2539 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2540 If you specify an XBM image using data within Emacs instead of an |
28792 | 2541 external file, use the following three properties: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2542 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2543 @table @code |
28792 | 2544 @item :data @var{data} |
2545 The value, @var{data}, specifies the contents of the image. | |
2546 There are three formats you can use for @var{data}: | |
2547 | |
2548 @itemize @bullet | |
2549 @item | |
2550 A vector of strings or bool-vectors, each specifying one line of the | |
2551 image. Do specify @code{:height} and @code{:width}. | |
2552 | |
2553 @item | |
2554 A string containing the same byte sequence as an XBM file would contain. | |
2555 You must not specify @code{:height} and @code{:width} in this case, | |
2556 because omitting them is what indicates the data has the format of an | |
2557 XBM file. The file contents specify the height and width of the image. | |
2558 | |
2559 @item | |
2560 A string or a bool-vector containing the bits of the image (plus perhaps | |
2561 some extra bits at the end that will not be used). It should contain at | |
2562 least @var{width} * @code{height} bits. In this case, you must specify | |
2563 @code{:height} and @code{:width}, both to indicate that the string | |
2564 contains just the bits rather than a whole XBM file, and to specify the | |
2565 size of the image. | |
2566 @end itemize | |
2567 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2568 @item :width @var{width} |
28792 | 2569 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image, in pixels. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2571 @item :height @var{height} |
28792 | 2572 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image, in pixels. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2573 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2574 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2575 @node XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2576 @subsection XPM Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2577 @cindex XPM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2578 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2579 To use XPM format, specify @code{xpm} as the image type. The |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2580 additional image property @code{:color-symbols} is also meaningful with |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2581 the @code{xpm} image type: |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2582 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2583 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2584 @item :color-symbols @var{symbols} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2585 The value, @var{symbols}, should be an alist whose elements have the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2586 form @code{(@var{name} . @var{color})}. In each element, @var{name} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2587 the name of a color as it appears in the image file, and @var{color} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2588 specifies the actual color to use for displaying that name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2589 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2590 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2591 @node GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2592 @subsection GIF Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2593 @cindex GIF |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2594 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2595 For GIF images, specify image type @code{gif}. Because of the patents |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2596 in the US covering the LZW algorithm, the continued use of GIF format is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2597 a problem for the whole Internet; to end this problem, it is a good idea |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2598 for everyone, even outside the US, to stop using GIFS right away |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2599 (@uref{http://www.burnallgifs.org/}). But if you still want to use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2600 them, Emacs can display them. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2601 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2602 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2603 @item :index @var{index} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2604 You can use @code{:index} to specify one image from a GIF file that |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2605 contains more than one image. This property specifies use of image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2606 number @var{index} from the file. An error is signaled if the GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2607 doesn't contain an image with index @var{index}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2608 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2609 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2610 @ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2611 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2612 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2613 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2614 every 0.1 seconds. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2616 (defun show-anim (file max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2617 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages." |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2618 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2619 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2620 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2621 (when (= idx max) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2622 (setq idx 0)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2623 (let ((img (create-image file nil :image idx))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2624 (save-excursion |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2625 (set-buffer buffer) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2626 (goto-char (point-min)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2627 (unless first-time (delete-char 1)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2628 (insert-image img)) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2629 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil))) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2630 @end ignore |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2632 @node Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2633 @subsection Postscript Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2634 @cindex Postscript images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2636 To use Postscript for an image, specify image type @code{postscript}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2637 This works only if you have Ghostscript installed. You must always use |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2638 these three properties: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2639 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2640 @table @code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2641 @item :pt-width @var{width} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2642 The value, @var{width}, specifies the width of the image measured in |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2643 points (1/72 inch). @var{width} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2644 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2645 @item :pt-height @var{height} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2646 The value, @var{height}, specifies the height of the image in points |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2647 (1/72 inch). @var{height} must be an integer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2648 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2649 @item :bounding-box @var{box} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2650 The value, @var{box}, must be a list or vector of four integers, which |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2651 specifying the bounding box of the Postscript image, analogous to the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2652 @samp{BoundingBox} comment found in Postscript files. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2654 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2655 %%BoundingBox: 22 171 567 738 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2656 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2657 @end table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2659 Displaying Postscript images from Lisp data is not currently |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2660 implemented, but it may be implemented by the time you read this. |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2661 See the @file{etc/NEWS} file to make sure. |
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2662 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2663 @node Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2664 @subsection Other Image Types |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2665 @cindex PBM |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2666 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2667 For PBM images, specify image type @code{pbm}. Color, gray-scale and |
32552
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2668 monochromatic images are supported. For mono PBM images, two additional |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2669 image properties are supported. |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2670 |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2671 @table @code |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2672 @item :foreground @var{foreground} |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2673 The value, @var{foreground}, should be a string specifying the image |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2674 foreground color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2675 1. The default is the frame's foreground color. |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2676 |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2677 @item :background @var{background} |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2678 The value, @var{background}, should be a string specifying the image |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2679 background color. This color is used for each pixel in the XBM that is |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2680 0. The default is the frame's background color. |
070ca96fa546
(Other Image Types): Add description of :foreground
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32467
diff
changeset
|
2681 @end table |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
27093
4b1a67a46d8c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
26986
diff
changeset
|
2683 For JPEG images, specify image type @code{jpeg}. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2684 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2685 For TIFF images, specify image type @code{tiff}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2686 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2687 For PNG images, specify image type @code{png}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2688 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2689 @node Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2690 @subsection Defining Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2691 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2692 The functions @code{create-image}, @code{defimage} and |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2693 @code{find-image} provide convenient ways to create image descriptors. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2694 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2695 @defun create-image file &optional type &rest props |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2696 @tindex create-image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2697 This function creates and returns an image descriptor which uses the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2698 data in @var{file}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2699 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2700 The optional argument @var{type} is a symbol specifying the image type. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2701 If @var{type} is omitted or @code{nil}, @code{create-image} tries to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2702 determine the image type from the file's first few bytes, or else |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2703 from the file's name. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2705 The remaining arguments, @var{props}, specify additional image |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2706 properties---for example, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2707 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2708 @example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2709 (create-image "foo.xpm" 'xpm :heuristic-mask t) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2710 @end example |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2711 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2712 The function returns @code{nil} if images of this type are not |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2713 supported. Otherwise it returns an image descriptor. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2714 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2715 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2716 @defmac defimage variable doc &rest specs |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2717 @tindex defimage |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2718 This macro defines @var{variable} as an image name. The second argument, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2719 @var{doc}, is an optional documentation string. The remaining |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2720 arguments, @var{specs}, specify alternative ways to display the image. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2721 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2722 Each argument in @var{specs} has the form of a property list, and each |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2723 one should specify at least the @code{:type} property and the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2724 @code{:file} property. Here is an example: |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2725 |
25875 | 2726 @example |
2727 (defimage test-image | |
2728 '((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm") | |
2729 (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm"))) | |
2730 @end example | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2731 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2732 @code{defimage} tests each argument, one by one, to see if it is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2733 usable---that is, if the type is supported and the file exists. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2734 first usable argument is used to make an image descriptor which is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2735 stored in the variable @var{variable}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2737 If none of the alternatives will work, then @var{variable} is defined |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2738 as @code{nil}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2739 @end defmac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2740 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2741 @defun find-image specs |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2742 @tindex find-image |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2743 This function provides a convenient way to find an image satisfying one |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2744 of a list of image specifications @var{specs}. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2745 |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2746 Each specification in @var{specs} is a property list with contents |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2747 depending on image type. All specifications must at least contain the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2748 properties @code{:type @var{type}} and either @w{@code{:file @var{file}}} |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2749 or @w{@code{:data @var{DATA}}}, where @var{type} is a symbol specifying |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2750 the image type, e.g.@: @code{xbm}, @var{file} is the file to load the |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2751 image from, and @var{data} is a string containing the actual image data. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2752 The first specification in the list whose @var{type} is supported, and |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2753 @var{file} exists, is used to construct the image specification to be |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2754 returned. If no specification is satisfied, @code{nil} is returned. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2755 |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2756 The image is looked for first on @code{load-path} and then in |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2757 @code{data-directory}. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2758 @end defun |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2759 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2760 @node Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2761 @subsection Showing Images |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2763 You can use an image descriptor by setting up the @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2764 property yourself, but it is easier to use the functions in this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2765 section. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
29471 | 2767 @defun insert-image image &optional string area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2768 This function inserts @var{image} in the current buffer at point. The |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2769 value @var{image} should be an image descriptor; it could be a value |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2770 returned by @code{create-image}, or the value of a symbol defined with |
25875 | 2771 @code{defimage}. The argument @var{string} specifies the text to put in |
2772 the buffer to hold the image. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2773 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2774 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2775 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2776 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2777 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2778 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2779 |
25875 | 2780 Internally, this function inserts @var{string} in the buffer, and gives |
2781 it a @code{display} property which specifies @var{image}. @xref{Display | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2782 Property}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2783 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2784 |
29471 | 2785 @defun put-image image pos &optional string area |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2786 This function puts image @var{image} in front of @var{pos} in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2787 current buffer. The argument @var{pos} should be an integer or a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2788 marker. It specifies the buffer position where the image should appear. |
29471 | 2789 The argument @var{string} specifies the text that should hold the image |
2790 as an alternative to the default. | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2792 The argument @var{image} must be an image descriptor, perhaps returned |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2793 by @code{create-image} or stored by @code{defimage}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2794 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2795 The argument @var{area} specifies whether to put the image in a margin. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2796 If it is @code{left-margin}, the image appears in the left margin; |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2797 @code{right-margin} specifies the right margin. If @var{area} is |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2798 @code{nil} or omitted, the image is displayed at point within the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2799 buffer's text. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2800 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2801 Internally, this function creates an overlay, and gives it a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2802 @code{before-string} property containing text that has a @code{display} |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2803 property whose value is the image. (Whew!) |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2804 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2805 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2806 @defun remove-images start end &optional buffer |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2807 This function removes images in @var{buffer} between positions |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2808 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{buffer} is omitted or @code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2809 images are removed from the current buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2810 |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
2811 This removes only images that were put into @var{buffer} the way |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2812 @code{put-image} does it, not images that were inserted with |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2813 @code{insert-image} or in other ways. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2814 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2815 |
31373
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2816 @defun image-size spec &optional pixels frame |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2817 @tindex image-size |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2818 This function returns the size of an image as a pair |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2819 @w{@code{(@var{width} . @var{height})}}. @var{spec} is an image |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2820 specification. @var{pixels} non-nil means return sizes measured in |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2821 pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical character units |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2822 (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default font). |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2823 @var{frame} is the frame on which the image will be displayed. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2824 @var{frame} null or omitted means use the selected frame. |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2825 @end defun |
a3fd71daf442
help-echo stuff, find-image, image-size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
29471
diff
changeset
|
2826 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2827 @node Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2828 @subsection Image Cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2830 Emacs stores images in an image cache when it displays them, so it can |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2831 display them again more efficiently. It removes an image from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2832 when it hasn't been displayed for a specified period of time. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2833 |
28770 | 2834 When an image is looked up in the cache, its specification is compared |
2835 with cached image specifications using @code{equal}. This means that | |
2836 all images with equal specifications share the same image in the cache. | |
2837 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2838 @defvar image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2839 @tindex image-cache-eviction-delay |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2840 This variable specifies the number of seconds an image can remain in the |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2841 cache without being displayed. When an image is not displayed for this |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2842 length of time, Emacs removes it from the image cache. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2843 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2844 If the value is @code{nil}, Emacs does not remove images from the cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2845 except when you explicitly clear it. This mode can be useful for |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2846 debugging. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2847 @end defvar |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2848 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2849 @defun clear-image-cache &optional frame |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2850 @tindex clear-image-cache |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2851 This function clears the image cache. If @var{frame} is non-@code{nil}, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2852 only the cache for that frame is cleared. Otherwise all frames' caches |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2853 are cleared. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2854 @end defun |
27447
ef387684dc33
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
2855 |
6598 | 2856 @node Blinking |
2857 @section Blinking Parentheses | |
2858 @cindex parenthesis matching | |
2859 @cindex blinking | |
2860 @cindex balancing parentheses | |
2861 @cindex close parenthesis | |
2862 | |
2863 This section describes the mechanism by which Emacs shows a matching | |
2864 open parenthesis when the user inserts a close parenthesis. | |
2865 | |
2866 @defvar blink-paren-function | |
2867 The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to | |
2868 be called whenever a character with close parenthesis syntax is inserted. | |
2869 The value of @code{blink-paren-function} may be @code{nil}, in which | |
2870 case nothing is done. | |
2871 @end defvar | |
2872 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2873 @defopt blink-matching-paren |
6598 | 2874 If this variable is @code{nil}, then @code{blink-matching-open} does |
2875 nothing. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2876 @end defopt |
6598 | 2877 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2878 @defopt blink-matching-paren-distance |
6598 | 2879 This variable specifies the maximum distance to scan for a matching |
2880 parenthesis before giving up. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2881 @end defopt |
6598 | 2882 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2883 @defopt blink-matching-delay |
12098 | 2884 This variable specifies the number of seconds for the cursor to remain |
2885 at the matching parenthesis. A fraction of a second often gives | |
2886 good results, but the default is 1, which works on all systems. | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2887 @end defopt |
12098 | 2888 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2889 @deffn Command blink-matching-open |
6598 | 2890 This function is the default value of @code{blink-paren-function}. It |
2891 assumes that point follows a character with close parenthesis syntax and | |
2892 moves the cursor momentarily to the matching opening character. If that | |
2893 character is not already on the screen, it displays the character's | |
2894 context in the echo area. To avoid long delays, this function does not | |
2895 search farther than @code{blink-matching-paren-distance} characters. | |
2896 | |
2897 Here is an example of calling this function explicitly. | |
2898 | |
2899 @smallexample | |
2900 @group | |
2901 (defun interactive-blink-matching-open () | |
2902 @c Do not break this line! -- rms. | |
2903 @c The first line of a doc string | |
2904 @c must stand alone. | |
2905 "Indicate momentarily the start of sexp before point." | |
2906 (interactive) | |
2907 @end group | |
2908 @group | |
2909 (let ((blink-matching-paren-distance | |
2910 (buffer-size)) | |
2911 (blink-matching-paren t)) | |
2912 (blink-matching-open))) | |
2913 @end group | |
2914 @end smallexample | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
2915 @end deffn |
6598 | 2916 |
2917 @node Inverse Video | |
2918 @section Inverse Video | |
2919 @cindex Inverse Video | |
2920 | |
2921 @defopt inverse-video | |
2922 @cindex highlighting | |
2923 This variable controls whether Emacs uses inverse video for all text | |
2924 on the screen. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. The | |
2925 default is @code{nil}. | |
2926 @end defopt | |
2927 | |
2928 @defopt mode-line-inverse-video | |
25875 | 2929 This variable controls the use of inverse video for mode lines and menu |
2930 bars. If it is non-@code{nil}, then these lines are displayed in | |
27331
be0a552c8320
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27193
diff
changeset
|
2931 inverse video. Otherwise, these lines are displayed normally, just like |
25875 | 2932 other text. The default is @code{t}. |
2933 | |
2934 For window frames, this feature actually applies the face named | |
2935 @code{mode-line}; that face is normally set up as the inverse of the | |
2936 default face, unless you change it. | |
6598 | 2937 @end defopt |
2938 | |
2939 @node Usual Display | |
2940 @section Usual Display Conventions | |
2941 | |
2942 The usual display conventions define how to display each character | |
2943 code. You can override these conventions by setting up a display table | |
2944 (@pxref{Display Tables}). Here are the usual display conventions: | |
2945 | |
2946 @itemize @bullet | |
2947 @item | |
2948 Character codes 32 through 126 map to glyph codes 32 through 126. | |
2949 Normally this means they display as themselves. | |
2950 | |
2951 @item | |
2952 Character code 9 is a horizontal tab. It displays as whitespace | |
2953 up to a position determined by @code{tab-width}. | |
2954 | |
2955 @item | |
2956 Character code 10 is a newline. | |
2957 | |
2958 @item | |
2959 All other codes in the range 0 through 31, and code 127, display in one | |
9009 | 2960 of two ways according to the value of @code{ctl-arrow}. If it is |
6598 | 2961 non-@code{nil}, these codes map to sequences of two glyphs, where the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2962 first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{^}. (A display table can |
6598 | 2963 specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{^}.) Otherwise, these codes map |
2964 just like the codes in the range 128 to 255. | |
2965 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2966 On MS-DOS terminals, Emacs arranges by default for the character code |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2967 127 to be mapped to the glyph code 127, which normally displays as an |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2968 empty polygon. This glyph is used to display non-@sc{ascii} characters |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2969 that the MS-DOS terminal doesn't support. @xref{MS-DOS and MULE,,, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2970 emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2971 |
6598 | 2972 @item |
2973 Character codes 128 through 255 map to sequences of four glyphs, where | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2974 the first glyph is the @sc{ascii} code for @samp{\}, and the others are |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
2975 digit characters representing the character code in octal. (A display |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2976 table can specify a glyph to use instead of @samp{\}.) |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2978 @item |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2979 Multibyte character codes above 256 are displayed as themselves, or as a |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2980 question mark or empty box if the terminal cannot display that |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2981 character. |
6598 | 2982 @end itemize |
2983 | |
2984 The usual display conventions apply even when there is a display | |
2985 table, for any character whose entry in the active display table is | |
2986 @code{nil}. Thus, when you set up a display table, you need only | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2987 specify the characters for which you want special behavior. |
6598 | 2988 |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2989 These display rules apply to carriage return (character code 13), when |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2990 it appears in the buffer. But that character may not appear in the |
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2991 buffer where you expect it, if it was eliminated as part of end-of-line |
25454 | 2992 conversion (@pxref{Coding System Basics}). |
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22843
diff
changeset
|
2993 |
6598 | 2994 These variables affect the way certain characters are displayed on the |
2995 screen. Since they change the number of columns the characters occupy, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2996 they also affect the indentation functions. These variables also affect |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2997 how the mode line is displayed; if you want to force redisplay of the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2998 mode line using the new values, call the function |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
2999 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
6598 | 3000 |
3001 @defopt ctl-arrow | |
3002 @cindex control characters in display | |
3003 This buffer-local variable controls how control characters are | |
3004 displayed. If it is non-@code{nil}, they are displayed as a caret | |
3005 followed by the character: @samp{^A}. If it is @code{nil}, they are | |
3006 displayed as a backslash followed by three octal digits: @samp{\001}. | |
3007 @end defopt | |
3008 | |
3009 @c Following may have overfull hbox. | |
3010 @defvar default-ctl-arrow | |
3011 The value of this variable is the default value for @code{ctl-arrow} in | |
3012 buffers that do not override it. @xref{Default Value}. | |
3013 @end defvar | |
3014 | |
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3015 @defopt indicate-empty-lines |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3016 @tindex indicate-empty-lines |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3017 When this is non-@code{nil}, Emacs displays a special glyph in |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3018 each empty line at the end of the buffer, on terminals that |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3019 support it (window systems). |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3020 @end defopt |
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26400
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
6598 | 3022 @defopt tab-width |
3023 The value of this variable is the spacing between tab stops used for | |
25875 | 3024 displaying tab characters in Emacs buffers. The value is in units of |
3025 columns, and the default is 8. Note that this feature is completely | |
3026 independent of the user-settable tab stops used by the command | |
3027 @code{tab-to-tab-stop}. @xref{Indent Tabs}. | |
6598 | 3028 @end defopt |
3029 | |
3030 @node Display Tables | |
3031 @section Display Tables | |
3032 | |
3033 @cindex display table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3034 You can use the @dfn{display table} feature to control how all possible |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3035 character codes display on the screen. This is useful for displaying |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3036 European languages that have letters not in the @sc{ascii} character |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3037 set. |
6598 | 3038 |
3039 The display table maps each character code into a sequence of | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3040 @dfn{glyphs}, each glyph being a graphic that takes up one character |
6598 | 3041 position on the screen. You can also define how to display each glyph |
3042 on your terminal, using the @dfn{glyph table}. | |
3043 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3044 Display tables affect how the mode line is displayed; if you want to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3045 force redisplay of the mode line using a new display table, call |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3046 @code{force-mode-line-update} (@pxref{Mode Line Format}). |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3047 |
6598 | 3048 @menu |
3049 * Display Table Format:: What a display table consists of. | |
3050 * Active Display Table:: How Emacs selects a display table to use. | |
3051 * Glyphs:: How to define a glyph, and what glyphs mean. | |
3052 @end menu | |
3053 | |
3054 @node Display Table Format | |
3055 @subsection Display Table Format | |
3056 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3057 A display table is actually a char-table (@pxref{Char-Tables}) with |
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3058 @code{display-table} as its subtype. |
6598 | 3059 |
3060 @defun make-display-table | |
3061 This creates and returns a display table. The table initially has | |
3062 @code{nil} in all elements. | |
3063 @end defun | |
3064 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3065 The ordinary elements of the display table are indexed by character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3066 codes; the element at index @var{c} says how to display the character |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3067 code @var{c}. The value should be @code{nil} or a vector of glyph |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3068 values (@pxref{Glyphs}). If an element is @code{nil}, it says to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3069 display that character according to the usual display conventions |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3070 (@pxref{Usual Display}). |
12067 | 3071 |
3072 If you use the display table to change the display of newline | |
3073 characters, the whole buffer will be displayed as one long ``line.'' | |
6598 | 3074 |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3075 The display table also has six ``extra slots'' which serve special |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3076 purposes. Here is a table of their meanings; @code{nil} in any slot |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3077 means to use the default for that slot, as stated below. |
6598 | 3078 |
3079 @table @asis | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3080 @item 0 |
6598 | 3081 The glyph for the end of a truncated screen line (the default for this |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3082 is @samp{$}). @xref{Glyphs}. Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3083 display arrows to indicate truncation---the display table has no effect |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3084 in these situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3085 @item 1 |
6598 | 3086 The glyph for the end of a continued line (the default is @samp{\}). |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3087 Newer Emacs versions, on some platforms, display curved arrows to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3088 indicate truncation---the display table has no effect in these |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3089 situations. |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3090 @item 2 |
6598 | 3091 The glyph for indicating a character displayed as an octal character |
3092 code (the default is @samp{\}). | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3093 @item 3 |
6598 | 3094 The glyph for indicating a control character (the default is @samp{^}). |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3095 @item 4 |
6598 | 3096 A vector of glyphs for indicating the presence of invisible lines (the |
3097 default is @samp{...}). @xref{Selective Display}. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3098 @item 5 |
8925 | 3099 The glyph used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (the |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3100 default is @samp{|}). @xref{Splitting Windows}. This takes effect only |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3101 when there are no scroll bars; if scroll bars are supported and in use, |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3102 a scroll bar separates the two windows. |
6598 | 3103 @end table |
3104 | |
3105 For example, here is how to construct a display table that mimics the | |
3106 effect of setting @code{ctl-arrow} to a non-@code{nil} value: | |
3107 | |
3108 @example | |
3109 (setq disptab (make-display-table)) | |
3110 (let ((i 0)) | |
3111 (while (< i 32) | |
3112 (or (= i ?\t) (= i ?\n) | |
3113 (aset disptab i (vector ?^ (+ i 64)))) | |
3114 (setq i (1+ i))) | |
3115 (aset disptab 127 (vector ?^ ??))) | |
3116 @end example | |
3117 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3118 @defun display-table-slot display-table slot |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3119 This function returns the value of the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3120 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3121 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3122 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3123 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3124 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3125 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3126 @defun set-display-table-slot display-table slot value |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3127 This function stores @var{value} in the extra slot @var{slot} of |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3128 @var{display-table}. The argument @var{slot} may be a number from 0 to |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3129 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3130 @code{truncation}, @code{wrap}, @code{escape}, @code{control}, |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3131 @code{selective-display}, and @code{vertical-border}. |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3132 @end defun |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3133 |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3134 @defun describe-display-table display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3135 @tindex describe-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3136 This function displays a description of the display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3137 @var{display-table} in a help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3138 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3139 |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3140 @deffn Command describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3141 @tindex describe-current-display-table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3142 This command displays a description of the current display table in a |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3143 help buffer. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3144 @end deffn |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3145 |
6598 | 3146 @node Active Display Table |
3147 @subsection Active Display Table | |
3148 @cindex active display table | |
3149 | |
3150 Each window can specify a display table, and so can each buffer. When | |
3151 a buffer @var{b} is displayed in window @var{w}, display uses the | |
3152 display table for window @var{w} if it has one; otherwise, the display | |
3153 table for buffer @var{b} if it has one; otherwise, the standard display | |
3154 table if any. The display table chosen is called the @dfn{active} | |
3155 display table. | |
3156 | |
3157 @defun window-display-table window | |
3158 This function returns @var{window}'s display table, or @code{nil} | |
3159 if @var{window} does not have an assigned display table. | |
3160 @end defun | |
3161 | |
3162 @defun set-window-display-table window table | |
3163 This function sets the display table of @var{window} to @var{table}. | |
3164 The argument @var{table} should be either a display table or | |
3165 @code{nil}. | |
3166 @end defun | |
3167 | |
3168 @defvar buffer-display-table | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3169 This variable is automatically buffer-local in all buffers; its value in |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3170 a particular buffer specifies the display table for that buffer. If it |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3171 is @code{nil}, that means the buffer does not have an assigned display |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3172 table. |
6598 | 3173 @end defvar |
3174 | |
3175 @defvar standard-display-table | |
3176 This variable's value is the default display table, used whenever a | |
3177 window has no display table and neither does the buffer displayed in | |
3178 that window. This variable is @code{nil} by default. | |
3179 @end defvar | |
3180 | |
3181 If there is no display table to use for a particular window---that is, | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3182 if the window specifies none, its buffer specifies none, and |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3183 @code{standard-display-table} is @code{nil}---then Emacs uses the usual |
6598 | 3184 display conventions for all character codes in that window. @xref{Usual |
3185 Display}. | |
3186 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3187 A number of functions for changing the standard display table |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3188 are defined in the library @file{disp-table}. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3189 |
6598 | 3190 @node Glyphs |
3191 @subsection Glyphs | |
3192 | |
3193 @cindex glyph | |
3194 A @dfn{glyph} is a generalization of a character; it stands for an | |
3195 image that takes up a single character position on the screen. Glyphs | |
3196 are represented in Lisp as integers, just as characters are. | |
3197 | |
3198 @cindex glyph table | |
3199 The meaning of each integer, as a glyph, is defined by the glyph | |
3200 table, which is the value of the variable @code{glyph-table}. | |
3201 | |
3202 @defvar glyph-table | |
3203 The value of this variable is the current glyph table. It should be a | |
3204 vector; the @var{g}th element defines glyph code @var{g}. If the value | |
3205 is @code{nil} instead of a vector, then all glyphs are simple (see | |
3206 below). | |
3207 @end defvar | |
3208 | |
3209 Here are the possible types of elements in the glyph table: | |
3210 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3211 @table @asis |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3212 @item @var{string} |
6598 | 3213 Send the characters in @var{string} to the terminal to output |
3214 this glyph. This alternative is available on character terminals, | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3215 but not under a window system. |
6598 | 3216 |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3217 @item @var{integer} |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3218 Define this glyph code as an alias for glyph code @var{integer}. You |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3219 can use an alias to specify a face code for the glyph; see below. |
6598 | 3220 |
3221 @item @code{nil} | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3222 This glyph is simple. On an ordinary terminal, the glyph code mod |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3223 524288 is the character to output. In a window system, the glyph code |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3224 mod 524288 is the character to output, and the glyph code divided by |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3225 524288 specifies the face number (@pxref{Face Functions}) to use while |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3226 outputting it. (524288 is |
27193 | 3227 @ifnottex |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3228 2**19.) |
27193 | 3229 @end ifnottex |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3230 @tex |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3231 $2^{19}$.) |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3232 @end tex |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3233 @xref{Faces}. |
6598 | 3234 @end table |
3235 | |
3236 If a glyph code is greater than or equal to the length of the glyph | |
3237 table, that code is automatically simple. | |
3238 | |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3239 @defun create-glyph string |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3240 @tindex create-glyph |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3241 This function returns a newly-allocated glyph code which is set up to |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3242 display by sending @var{string} to the terminal. |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3243 @end defun |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3244 |
6598 | 3245 @node Beeping |
3246 @section Beeping | |
3247 @cindex beeping | |
3248 @cindex bell | |
3249 | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3250 This section describes how to make Emacs ring the bell (or blink the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3251 screen) to attract the user's attention. Be conservative about how |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3252 often you do this; frequent bells can become irritating. Also be |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3253 careful not to use just beeping when signaling an error is more |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3254 appropriate. (@xref{Errors}.) |
6598 | 3255 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3256 @defun ding &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3257 @cindex keyboard macro termination |
3258 This function beeps, or flashes the screen (see @code{visible-bell} below). | |
3259 It also terminates any keyboard macro currently executing unless | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3260 @var{do-not-terminate} is non-@code{nil}. |
6598 | 3261 @end defun |
3262 | |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3263 @defun beep &optional do-not-terminate |
6598 | 3264 This is a synonym for @code{ding}. |
3265 @end defun | |
3266 | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3267 @defopt visible-bell |
6598 | 3268 This variable determines whether Emacs should flash the screen to |
3269 represent a bell. Non-@code{nil} means yes, @code{nil} means no. This | |
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3270 is effective on a window system, and on a character-only terminal |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3271 provided the terminal's Termcap entry defines the visible bell |
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3272 capability (@samp{vb}). |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3273 @end defopt |
6598 | 3274 |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3275 @defvar ring-bell-function |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3276 If this is non-@code{nil}, it specifies how Emacs should ``ring the |
25875 | 3277 bell.'' Its value should be a function of no arguments. If this is |
3278 non-@code{nil}, it takes precedence over the @code{visible-bell} | |
3279 variable. | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3280 @end defvar |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3281 |
6598 | 3282 @node Window Systems |
3283 @section Window Systems | |
3284 | |
3285 Emacs works with several window systems, most notably the X Window | |
3286 System. Both Emacs and X use the term ``window'', but use it | |
3287 differently. An Emacs frame is a single window as far as X is | |
3288 concerned; the individual Emacs windows are not known to X at all. | |
3289 | |
3290 @defvar window-system | |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3291 This variable tells Lisp programs what window system Emacs is running |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3292 under. The possible values are |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3293 |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3294 @table @code |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3295 @item x |
6598 | 3296 @cindex X Window System |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3297 Emacs is displaying using X. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3298 @item pc |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3299 Emacs is displaying using MS-DOS. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3300 @item w32 |
27332
5cfe77eaff45
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27331
diff
changeset
|
3301 Emacs is displaying using Windows. |
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3302 @item mac |
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3303 Emacs is displaying using a Macintosh. |
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3304 @item nil |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3305 Emacs is using a character-based terminal. |
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3306 @end table |
6598 | 3307 @end defvar |
3308 | |
3309 @defvar window-setup-hook | |
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3310 This variable is a normal hook which Emacs runs after handling the |
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18234
diff
changeset
|
3311 initialization files. Emacs runs this hook after it has completed |
25875 | 3312 loading your init file, the default initialization file (if |
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3313 any), and the terminal-specific Lisp code, and running the hook |
6598 | 3314 @code{term-setup-hook}. |
3315 | |
3316 This hook is used for internal purposes: setting up communication with | |
3317 the window system, and creating the initial window. Users should not | |
3318 interfere with it. | |
3319 @end defvar |